1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
211 int *other_type_used);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
230 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
233 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
234 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
237 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
239 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
240 insert locations now. */
241 enum ugll_insert_mode
243 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
244 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
245 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
246 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
247 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
248 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
249 returns true on them.
251 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
252 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
253 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
254 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
255 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
256 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
260 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
261 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
264 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
266 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
267 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
268 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
269 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
270 as no thread is running yet. */
274 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
276 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
278 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
280 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
282 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
284 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
286 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
290 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
292 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
294 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
296 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
298 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
300 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
303 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
305 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
307 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
309 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
310 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
311 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
314 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
317 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
320 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
321 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
323 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
325 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
327 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
328 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
330 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
331 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
333 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
336 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
337 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
339 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
340 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
341 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
342 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
343 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
344 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
346 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
347 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
348 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
349 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
355 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
357 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
358 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
359 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
360 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
362 static char *dprintf_function = "";
364 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
365 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
366 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
367 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
368 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
369 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
370 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
372 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
374 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
376 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
378 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
379 breakpoints share a single command list. */
380 struct counted_command_line
382 /* The reference count. */
385 /* The command list. */
386 struct command_line *commands;
389 struct command_line *
390 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
392 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
395 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
396 current breakpoint. */
398 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
401 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
403 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
404 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
406 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
408 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
411 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
412 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
413 if such is available. */
414 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
417 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
418 struct cmd_list_element *c,
421 fprintf_filtered (file,
422 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
423 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
427 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
428 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
429 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
430 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
431 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
433 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c,
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
439 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
443 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
444 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
445 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
446 use hardware breakpoints. */
447 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
449 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
450 struct cmd_list_element *c,
453 fprintf_filtered (file,
454 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
458 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
459 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
460 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
461 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
462 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
463 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
464 processing user input. */
465 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
468 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
469 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
471 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
475 /* See breakpoint.h. */
478 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
480 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
482 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
483 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
484 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
487 else if (target_has_execution)
489 if (always_inserted_mode)
491 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
496 if (threads_are_executing ())
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto,
510 condition_evaluation_host,
511 condition_evaluation_target,
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
530 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target;
535 return condition_evaluation_host;
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
555 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
557 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled;
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
613 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
617 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
621 static unsigned bp_location_count;
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
642 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
646 static int breakpoint_count;
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
656 static int tracepoint_count;
658 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
659 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
660 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
662 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
664 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
666 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
669 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
672 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
674 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
675 breakpoint_count = num;
676 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
679 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
680 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
681 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
683 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
687 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
689 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
692 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
696 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
698 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
701 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
704 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
706 struct breakpoint *b;
712 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
713 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
715 static struct counted_command_line *
716 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
718 struct counted_command_line *result
719 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
722 result->commands = commands;
726 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
729 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
735 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
736 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
737 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
740 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
744 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
746 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
753 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
756 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
758 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
761 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
764 static struct cleanup *
765 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
767 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
771 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
772 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
775 get_breakpoint (int num)
777 struct breakpoint *b;
780 if (b->number == num)
788 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
789 evaluating conditions on its side. */
792 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
794 struct bp_location *loc;
796 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
797 evaluating conditions and if the user has
798 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
800 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
801 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
804 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
807 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
808 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
811 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
812 evaluating conditions on its side. */
815 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
817 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
818 evaluating conditions and if the user has
819 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
821 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
822 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
826 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
829 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
832 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
833 condition_evaluation_mode. */
836 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
837 struct cmd_list_element *c)
839 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
841 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
842 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
844 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
845 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
846 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
850 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
851 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
853 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
854 settings was "auto". */
855 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
857 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
858 if (new_mode != old_mode)
860 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
861 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
862 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
864 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
865 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
868 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
870 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
872 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
873 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
877 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
878 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
879 target knows about. */
880 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
881 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
882 loc->needs_update = 1;
886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
892 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
893 what "auto" is translating to. */
896 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
897 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
899 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
900 fprintf_filtered (file,
901 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
902 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
904 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
906 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
910 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
911 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
912 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
915 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
917 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
918 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
920 if (a->address == b->address)
923 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
926 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
927 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
928 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
931 static struct bp_location **
932 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
934 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
935 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
936 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
938 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
939 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
940 dummy_loc.address = address;
942 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
943 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
944 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
945 bp_location_compare_addrs);
947 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
948 if (locp_found == NULL)
951 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
952 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
953 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
954 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
961 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
964 xfree (b->cond_string);
965 b->cond_string = NULL;
967 if (is_watchpoint (b))
969 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
976 struct bp_location *loc;
978 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
983 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
984 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
985 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
992 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
996 const char *arg = exp;
998 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
999 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1000 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1001 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1003 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1005 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1007 innermost_block = NULL;
1009 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1011 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1012 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1016 struct bp_location *loc;
1018 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1022 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1023 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1025 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1029 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1031 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1034 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1036 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1037 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1038 const char *text, const char *word)
1042 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1043 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1047 struct breakpoint *b;
1048 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1052 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1053 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1055 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1058 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1059 len = strlen (text);
1065 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1067 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1068 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1074 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1075 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1076 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1079 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1082 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1084 struct breakpoint *b;
1089 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1092 bnum = get_number (&p);
1094 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1097 if (b->number == bnum)
1099 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1100 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1101 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1102 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1103 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1105 if (extlang != NULL)
1107 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1108 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1109 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1111 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1113 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1119 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1122 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1123 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1124 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1127 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1129 struct command_line *c;
1131 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1135 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1136 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1137 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1139 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1140 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1142 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1143 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1144 command directly. */
1145 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1146 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1148 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1149 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1153 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1156 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1158 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1159 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1160 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1164 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1166 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1169 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1170 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1174 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1175 struct command_line *commands)
1177 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1179 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1180 struct command_line *c;
1181 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1183 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1184 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1188 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1189 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1190 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1191 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1192 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1193 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1194 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1195 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1196 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1197 tracepoint's context. */
1198 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1200 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1202 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1203 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1204 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1205 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1206 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1207 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1210 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1211 "can be used only once"));
1216 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1220 struct command_line *c2;
1222 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1223 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1224 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1226 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1233 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1237 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1238 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1241 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1243 struct breakpoint *b;
1244 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1245 struct bp_location *loc;
1248 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1250 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1251 if (loc->address == addr)
1252 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1258 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1259 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1262 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1263 struct command_line *commands)
1265 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1267 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1268 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1269 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1272 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1273 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1277 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1279 int old_silent = b->silent;
1282 if (old_silent != silent)
1283 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1286 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1287 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1290 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1292 int old_thread = b->thread;
1295 if (old_thread != thread)
1296 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1299 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1300 breakpoint work for any task. */
1303 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1305 int old_task = b->task;
1308 if (old_task != task)
1309 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1313 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1315 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1317 validate_actionline (line, b);
1320 /* A structure used to pass information through
1321 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1323 struct commands_info
1325 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1328 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1331 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1332 already-parsed command. */
1333 struct command_line *control;
1335 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1337 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1340 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1341 commands_command. */
1344 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1346 struct commands_info *info = data;
1348 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1350 struct command_line *l;
1352 if (info->control != NULL)
1353 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1356 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1359 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1360 "%s, one per line."),
1363 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1365 l = read_command_lines (str,
1368 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1371 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1374 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1379 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1382 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1383 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1384 b->commands = info->cmd;
1385 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1390 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1391 struct command_line *control)
1393 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1394 struct commands_info info;
1396 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1397 info.control = control;
1399 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1400 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1401 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1403 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1405 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1406 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1408 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1409 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1412 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1413 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1414 numbers will fail in this case. */
1419 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1421 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1424 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1428 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1430 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1431 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1433 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1437 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1442 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1443 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1445 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1446 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1447 enum command_control_type
1448 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1450 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1451 return simple_control;
1454 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1457 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1459 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1463 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1464 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1469 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1470 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1473 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1474 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1475 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1478 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1479 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1480 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1481 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1482 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1484 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1485 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1489 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1490 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1492 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1496 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1498 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1499 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1501 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1503 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1508 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1510 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1515 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1516 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1518 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1519 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1520 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1524 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1526 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1527 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1530 if (readbuf != NULL)
1532 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1533 shadow_contents buffer. */
1534 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1535 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1536 + target_info->shadow_len));
1538 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1540 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1541 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1545 const unsigned char *bp;
1546 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1549 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1550 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1551 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1553 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1555 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1557 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1558 breakpoint's INSN. */
1559 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1563 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1564 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1566 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1567 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1568 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1570 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1571 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1572 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1574 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1575 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1576 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1577 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1579 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1582 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1583 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1584 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1586 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1588 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1596 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1597 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1599 struct bp_location *bl;
1601 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1602 bl = bp_location[bc];
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1613 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1615 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1636 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1641 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1643 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1644 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1648 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1649 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1650 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1653 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1656 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1657 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1658 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1661 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1664 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1665 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1668 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1669 bp_location array. */
1670 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1672 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1676 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1678 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1679 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1686 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1690 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1692 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1693 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1694 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1697 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1700 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1702 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1703 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1704 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1707 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1711 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1713 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1714 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1717 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1718 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1719 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1720 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1721 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1722 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1723 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1724 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1727 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1729 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1730 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1731 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1732 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1735 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1736 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1739 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1741 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1743 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1745 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1746 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1747 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1748 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1749 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1751 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1754 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1757 static struct value *
1758 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1760 struct value *bit_val;
1765 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1767 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1770 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1777 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1778 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1779 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1780 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1782 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1784 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1785 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1788 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1789 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1790 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1791 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1792 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1793 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1794 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1795 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1797 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1798 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1799 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1800 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1801 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1802 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1803 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1804 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1807 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1808 hardware watchpoints:
1810 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1811 called several times when GDB stops.
1814 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1815 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1816 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1817 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1818 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1819 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1820 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1821 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1822 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1823 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1824 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1826 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1827 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1830 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1832 int within_current_scope;
1833 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1836 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1837 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1838 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1839 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1842 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1847 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1848 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1849 within_current_scope = 1;
1852 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1853 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1854 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1856 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1857 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1858 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1859 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1862 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1863 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1864 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1865 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1868 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1870 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1871 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1872 if (within_current_scope)
1876 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1877 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1878 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1881 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1890 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1891 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1892 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1893 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1894 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1895 be completely different objects. */
1896 value_free (b->val);
1900 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1901 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1902 locations (re)created below. */
1903 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1905 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1907 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1911 s = b->base.cond_string;
1912 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1916 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1917 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1918 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1919 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1920 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1921 if (!target_has_execution)
1923 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1924 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1925 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1926 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1928 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1929 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1931 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1932 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1935 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1938 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1939 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1941 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1943 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1944 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1945 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1946 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1947 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1949 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1951 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1953 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1961 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1963 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1964 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1966 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1967 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1968 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1969 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1970 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1971 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1972 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1974 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1976 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1977 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1978 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1980 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1981 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1985 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1986 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1988 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1990 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1992 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1993 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1995 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1997 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1998 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1999 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2000 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2001 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2004 addr = value_address (v);
2007 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2012 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2014 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2017 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2018 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2021 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2023 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2024 loc->address = addr;
2028 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2029 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2032 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2034 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2039 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2040 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2041 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2046 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2047 struct bp_location *bl;
2049 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2053 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2056 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2057 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2058 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2060 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2061 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2062 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2063 this watchpoint in as well. */
2065 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2066 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2067 hardware watchpoint type. */
2068 type = b->base.type;
2069 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2070 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2072 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2073 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2074 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2075 through watch_command), so always account for it
2078 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2079 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2081 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2082 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2085 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2086 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2088 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2090 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2091 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2092 "hardware watchpoint."));
2093 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2094 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2095 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2097 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2098 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2102 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2103 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2104 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2106 b->base.type = type;
2109 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2111 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2112 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2113 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2115 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2116 "read/access watchpoint."));
2119 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2121 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2122 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2123 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2124 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2127 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2129 next = value_next (v);
2134 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2135 above left it without any location set up. But,
2136 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2137 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2138 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2140 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2141 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2142 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2143 base->loc->address = -1;
2144 base->loc->length = -1;
2145 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2148 else if (!within_current_scope)
2150 printf_filtered (_("\
2151 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2152 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2154 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2157 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2159 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2163 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2164 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2165 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2166 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2167 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2169 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2171 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2174 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2177 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2180 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2183 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2184 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2185 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2186 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2187 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2188 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2189 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2190 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2191 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2194 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2196 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2204 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2205 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2206 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2214 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2215 that the location is not duplicated. */
2218 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2221 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2224 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2225 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2229 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2230 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2231 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2232 any error during parsing. */
2234 static struct agent_expr *
2235 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2237 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2238 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2245 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2247 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2252 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2253 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2254 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2258 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2262 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2263 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2264 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2265 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2266 one of them is true. */
2269 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2271 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2272 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2273 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2274 struct bp_location *loc;
2276 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2277 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2279 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2280 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2281 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2283 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2284 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2301 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2306 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2308 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2309 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2317 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2319 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2325 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2326 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2327 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2329 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2330 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2331 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2338 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2340 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2343 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2344 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2349 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2350 for this location's address. */
2351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2355 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2356 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2357 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2359 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2360 conditions to the target. */
2361 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2362 loc->cond_bytecode);
2368 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2369 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2370 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2372 static struct agent_expr *
2373 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2375 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2376 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2377 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2378 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2379 const char *cmdrest;
2380 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2381 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2383 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2390 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2392 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2394 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2395 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2397 format_start = cmdrest;
2399 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2401 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2403 format_end = cmdrest;
2405 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2406 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2408 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2410 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2411 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2413 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2415 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2417 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2419 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2420 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2423 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2428 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2429 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2431 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2435 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2436 that may show up. */
2437 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2439 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2440 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2441 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2444 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2448 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2449 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2450 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2454 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2458 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2459 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2460 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2463 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2465 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2466 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2467 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2468 struct bp_location *loc;
2470 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2471 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2473 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2476 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2477 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2480 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2481 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2482 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2487 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2488 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2489 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2493 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2494 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2495 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2496 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2497 response back to GDB. */
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2505 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2507 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2508 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2510 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2511 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2512 loc->owner->extra_string);
2513 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2519 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2520 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2521 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2523 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2529 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2531 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2536 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2537 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2539 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2541 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2544 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2545 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2550 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2551 for this location's address. */
2552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2555 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2556 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2557 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2558 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2560 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2561 to send the commands to the target. */
2562 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2566 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2567 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2568 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2569 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2572 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2573 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2574 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2575 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2578 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2579 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2581 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2582 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2583 int *disabled_breaks,
2584 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2585 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2587 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2588 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2589 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2591 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2594 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2595 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2596 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2597 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2598 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2599 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2600 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2601 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2602 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2603 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2604 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2605 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2607 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2608 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2609 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2610 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2612 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2614 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2615 build_target_command_list (bl);
2616 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2617 bl->needs_update = 0;
2620 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2621 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2623 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2625 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2626 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2627 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2629 Two important cases are:
2630 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2631 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2632 hardware breakpoint.
2633 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2634 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2635 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2638 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2639 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2640 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2641 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2643 struct mem_region *mr
2644 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2648 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2650 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2652 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2653 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2655 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2657 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2659 static int said = 0;
2661 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2664 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2665 _("Note: automatically using "
2666 "hardware breakpoints for "
2667 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2672 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2673 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2675 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2676 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2677 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2678 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2680 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2686 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2687 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2688 || bl->section == NULL
2689 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2691 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2692 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2696 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2698 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2703 bp_err_message = e.message;
2708 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2709 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2710 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2712 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2713 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2714 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2715 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2716 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2720 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2722 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2723 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2724 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2726 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2727 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2731 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2732 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2734 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2739 bp_err_message = e.message;
2742 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2743 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2744 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2745 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2749 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2750 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2752 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2753 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2757 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2759 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2764 bp_err_message = e.message;
2769 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2770 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2775 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2777 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2779 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2780 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2781 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2782 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2783 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2784 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2785 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2786 errors as memory errors. */
2787 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2788 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2789 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2790 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2794 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2795 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2796 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2798 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2799 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2801 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2802 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2803 "library breakpoints:\n");
2805 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2812 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2814 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2815 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2816 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2817 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2818 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2819 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2820 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2824 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2827 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2828 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2829 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2831 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2832 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2834 bl->owner->number, message);
2835 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2839 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2840 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2855 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2856 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2857 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2858 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2862 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2863 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2865 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2867 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2868 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2869 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2871 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2873 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2874 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2878 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2879 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2883 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2884 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2891 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2892 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2895 /* Back to the original value. */
2896 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2900 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2903 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2907 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2908 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2910 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2913 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2917 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2918 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2920 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2923 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2925 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2926 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2927 so just return success. */
2934 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2935 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2939 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2941 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2942 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2944 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2947 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2948 delete_breakpoint (b);
2951 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2952 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2955 struct bp_location *tmp;
2957 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2959 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2960 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2961 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2963 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2964 if (tmp->next == loc)
2966 tmp->next = loc->next;
2972 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2973 removed locations above. */
2974 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2977 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2978 Throws exception on any error.
2979 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2980 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2982 insert_breakpoints (void)
2984 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2987 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2989 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2991 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2994 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2995 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2996 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2997 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3000 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3003 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3005 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3009 callback (loc, NULL);
3013 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3014 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3015 always-inserted mode. */
3018 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3020 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3023 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3024 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3025 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3027 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3028 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3030 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3031 there was an error. */
3032 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3034 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3038 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3040 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3043 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3044 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3045 deletion of breakpoints. */
3046 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3049 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3051 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3052 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3053 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3054 insert breakpoints. */
3055 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3056 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3059 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3060 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3067 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3068 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3071 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3074 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3077 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3079 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3083 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3084 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3085 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3087 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3088 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3090 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3091 there was an error. */
3092 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3094 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3098 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3101 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3102 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3103 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3104 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3105 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3108 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3110 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3111 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3112 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3113 insert breakpoints. */
3114 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3115 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3118 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3119 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3124 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3125 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3126 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3128 int some_failed = 0;
3129 struct bp_location *loc;
3131 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3134 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3137 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3140 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3141 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3148 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3150 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3152 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3153 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3154 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3162 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3163 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3164 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3167 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3168 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3170 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3171 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3174 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3177 /* Used when the program stops.
3178 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3179 removing a breakpoint location. */
3182 remove_breakpoints (void)
3184 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3189 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3190 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3195 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3199 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3201 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3205 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3207 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3209 printf_filtered (_("\
3210 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3211 b->number, tp->num);
3213 /* Hide it from the user. */
3219 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3222 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3224 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3226 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3228 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3230 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3233 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3238 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3247 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3249 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3250 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3252 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3253 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3254 struct inferior *inf;
3255 struct thread_info *tp;
3257 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3261 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3262 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3264 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3266 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3267 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3269 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3271 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3277 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3280 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3285 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3289 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3291 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3292 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3293 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3294 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3295 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3296 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3298 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3301 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3304 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3305 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3309 static struct breakpoint *
3310 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3311 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3314 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3315 struct breakpoint *b;
3317 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3320 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3321 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3323 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3324 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3325 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3330 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3332 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3334 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3336 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3339 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3340 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3342 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3343 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3345 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3346 int longjmp_searched;
3348 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3349 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3351 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3352 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3354 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3355 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3357 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3358 int exception_searched;
3360 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3361 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3364 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3366 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3367 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3369 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3372 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3374 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3377 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3378 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3380 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3381 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3383 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3385 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3386 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3388 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3389 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3391 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3392 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3394 return bp_objfile_data;
3398 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3400 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3402 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3403 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3407 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3409 struct objfile *objfile;
3410 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3412 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3414 struct breakpoint *b;
3415 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3418 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3420 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3423 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3425 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3427 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3428 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3430 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3431 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3434 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3437 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3438 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3440 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3441 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3443 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3445 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3446 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3450 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3451 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3458 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3460 struct program_space *pspace;
3461 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3463 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3465 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3467 struct objfile *objfile;
3469 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3471 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3474 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3475 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3477 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3479 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3481 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3485 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3488 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3489 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3491 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3493 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3494 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3495 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3499 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3500 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3503 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3506 struct probe *probe;
3507 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3510 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3511 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3515 struct breakpoint *b;
3517 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3518 get_probe_address (probe,
3521 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3522 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3523 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3529 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3532 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3534 struct breakpoint *b;
3535 const char *func_name;
3538 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3541 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3542 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3544 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3546 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3547 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3549 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3550 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3553 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3556 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3557 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3558 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3559 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3560 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3566 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3569 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3571 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3573 struct program_space *pspace;
3574 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3575 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3577 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3579 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3581 struct objfile *objfile;
3584 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3586 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3588 struct breakpoint *b;
3589 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3591 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3593 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3596 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3598 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3600 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3601 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3602 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3604 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3605 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3608 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3611 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3612 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3613 bp_std_terminate_master,
3614 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3615 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3616 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3620 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3622 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3625 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3628 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3630 struct objfile *objfile;
3631 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3633 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3635 struct breakpoint *b;
3636 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3637 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3640 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3642 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3643 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3647 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3651 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3652 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3654 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3656 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3657 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3658 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3662 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3663 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3666 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3668 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3670 struct probe *probe;
3673 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3674 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3678 struct breakpoint *b;
3680 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3681 get_probe_address (probe,
3683 bp_exception_master,
3684 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3685 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3686 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3692 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3694 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3697 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3699 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3701 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3703 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3704 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3706 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3710 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3713 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3714 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3716 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3717 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3718 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3719 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3722 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3726 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3731 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3732 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3733 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3734 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3735 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3736 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3737 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3738 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3740 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3741 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3745 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3748 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3749 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3751 delete_breakpoint (b);
3755 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3756 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3758 delete_breakpoint (b);
3762 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3763 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3764 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3765 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3766 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3768 delete_breakpoint (b);
3772 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3773 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3775 delete_breakpoint (b);
3779 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3781 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3782 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3783 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3785 delete_breakpoint (b);
3789 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3791 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3792 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3793 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3794 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3798 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3799 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3800 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3801 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3802 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3803 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3805 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3806 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3807 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3808 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3809 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3810 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3811 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3813 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3814 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3815 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3816 let finish_command delete it.
3818 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3819 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3820 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3821 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3822 solib breakpoints.) */
3824 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3829 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3830 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3832 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b);
3841 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3843 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3845 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3846 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3848 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3849 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3851 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3852 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3853 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3855 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3858 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3859 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3860 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3861 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3862 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3863 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3864 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3868 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3871 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3872 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3874 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3878 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3879 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3880 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3881 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3882 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3885 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3889 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3890 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3892 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3893 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3896 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3897 This should not ever happen. */
3898 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3900 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3901 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3903 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3904 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3905 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3907 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3908 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3909 || bl->section == NULL
3910 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3912 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3914 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3915 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3916 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3917 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3918 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3919 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3920 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3921 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3922 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3923 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3924 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3925 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3926 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3927 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3928 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3929 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3930 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3931 they should always be removed. */
3932 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3933 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3934 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3937 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3941 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3942 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3943 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3945 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3946 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3948 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3949 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3950 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3951 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3952 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3954 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3955 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3957 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3958 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3961 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3962 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3963 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3964 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3966 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3967 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3968 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3969 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3970 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3971 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3977 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3982 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3983 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3984 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3985 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3986 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3987 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3988 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3989 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3990 always-inserted mode. */
3992 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3993 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3994 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3995 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4001 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4003 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4005 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4006 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4008 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4009 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4011 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4012 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4013 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4016 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4017 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4020 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4021 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4023 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4027 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4034 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4037 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4039 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4040 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4042 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4043 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4046 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4047 This should not ever happen. */
4048 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4050 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4052 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4054 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4056 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4060 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4063 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4065 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4068 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4072 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4073 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4075 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4078 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4079 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4080 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4085 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4087 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4088 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4090 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4092 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4094 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4099 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4100 if (bl->pspace == pspace
4101 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4107 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4113 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4115 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4116 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4119 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4121 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4123 case bp_shlib_event:
4125 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4126 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4127 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4128 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4129 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4131 (gdb) file prog-linux
4132 (gdb) run # native linux target
4135 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4136 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4139 case bp_step_resume:
4141 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4143 delete_breakpoint (b);
4147 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4148 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4149 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4151 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4153 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4154 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4155 delete_breakpoint (b);
4156 else if (context == inf_starting)
4158 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4159 insert_breakpoints. */
4161 value_free (w->val);
4172 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4173 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4174 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4175 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4178 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4179 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4180 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4181 match, not program space. */
4183 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4184 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4185 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4186 permanent breakpoint.
4187 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4188 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4189 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4190 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4191 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4193 enum breakpoint_here
4194 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4196 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4197 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4199 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4201 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4202 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4205 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4206 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4207 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4208 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4210 if (overlay_debugging
4211 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4212 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4213 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4214 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4215 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4217 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4221 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4224 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4227 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4229 struct bp_location *loc;
4232 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4233 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4239 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4240 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4241 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4242 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4245 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4248 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4252 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4253 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4257 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4259 if (overlay_debugging
4260 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4261 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4262 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4270 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4271 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4274 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4276 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4279 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4285 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4286 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4288 static struct bp_location *
4289 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4292 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4296 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4300 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4303 if (overlay_debugging
4304 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4305 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4306 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4315 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4319 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4322 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4325 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4326 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4333 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4334 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4336 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4340 struct bp_location *loc;
4342 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4343 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4346 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4349 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4350 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4354 /* Check for intersection. */
4355 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4356 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4364 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4365 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4368 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4371 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4372 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4378 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4379 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4382 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4383 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4384 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4387 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4390 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4392 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4393 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4394 it is now time to do so. */
4396 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4397 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4401 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4403 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4404 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4405 it is now time to do so. */
4407 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4408 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4412 if (overlay_debugging
4413 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4414 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4415 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4424 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4428 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4430 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4433 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4437 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4439 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4440 value_free (bs->old_val);
4441 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4442 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4446 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4447 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4450 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4467 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4468 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4471 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4475 bpstat retval = NULL;
4480 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4482 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4483 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4484 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4485 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4486 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4488 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4489 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4493 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4503 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4506 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4511 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4513 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4519 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4522 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4524 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4526 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4528 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4530 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4535 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4544 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4545 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4546 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4547 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4549 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4550 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4552 Return 1 otherwise. */
4555 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4557 struct breakpoint *b;
4560 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4562 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4563 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4564 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4565 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4566 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4568 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4570 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4574 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4577 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4579 struct thread_info *tp;
4582 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4585 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4589 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4591 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4593 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4595 value_free (bs->old_val);
4601 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4604 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4606 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4608 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4610 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4611 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4612 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4613 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4614 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4618 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4621 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4624 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4626 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4629 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4630 or its equivalent. */
4633 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4635 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4636 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4639 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4640 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4641 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4642 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4644 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4645 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4646 bpstat of the current thread. */
4649 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4652 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4655 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4657 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4660 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4661 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4663 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4665 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4668 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4669 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4671 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4672 struct command_line *cmd;
4673 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4675 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4677 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4678 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4679 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4680 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4681 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4682 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4683 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4684 the tree when we're done. */
4685 ccmd = bs->commands;
4686 bs->commands = NULL;
4687 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4688 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4689 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4691 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4697 execute_control_command (cmd);
4699 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4705 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4706 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4708 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4710 if (target_can_async_p ())
4711 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4712 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4713 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4716 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4717 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4718 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4719 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4720 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4721 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4722 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4723 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4724 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4725 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4726 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4727 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4728 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4738 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4740 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4742 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4743 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4744 && target_has_execution
4745 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4746 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4747 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4748 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4749 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4750 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4751 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4754 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4757 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4760 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4763 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4766 struct value_print_options opts;
4767 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4768 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4772 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4773 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4774 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4775 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4778 static enum print_stop_action
4779 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4781 switch (bs->print_it)
4784 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4785 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4789 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4790 relevant messages. */
4791 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4794 case print_it_normal:
4796 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4798 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4799 which has since been deleted. */
4801 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4803 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4804 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4809 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4810 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4815 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4818 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4821 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4823 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4827 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4828 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4829 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4832 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4833 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4836 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4837 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4838 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4842 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4846 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4847 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4850 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4855 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4856 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4857 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4860 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4865 struct so_list *iter;
4867 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4869 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4870 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4873 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4878 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4879 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4880 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4883 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4887 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4888 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4889 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4890 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4891 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4892 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4893 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4896 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4897 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4898 code to print the location. An example is
4899 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4901 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4902 to also print the location part of the message.
4903 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4904 don't require a location appended to the end.
4905 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4906 further info to be printed. */
4908 enum print_stop_action
4909 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4913 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4914 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4915 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4916 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4917 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4919 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4920 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4921 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4922 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4926 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4927 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4928 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4929 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4931 print_solib_event (0);
4932 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4935 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4936 with and nothing was printed. */
4937 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4940 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4941 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4942 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4943 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4944 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4945 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4948 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4950 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4951 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4953 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4957 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4960 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4964 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4966 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4967 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4968 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4969 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4970 incref_bp_location (bl);
4971 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4972 bs->commands = NULL;
4974 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4978 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4979 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4982 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4984 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4986 struct breakpoint *b;
4988 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4990 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4991 as not triggered. */
4993 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4995 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4997 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5003 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
5005 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5006 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5008 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5010 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5012 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5018 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5019 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5023 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5025 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5026 struct bp_location *loc;
5028 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5031 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5033 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5034 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5036 if (newaddr == start)
5038 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5042 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5043 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
5047 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5056 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5057 because of check_errors). */
5058 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5059 #define WP_DELETED 1
5060 /* The value has changed. */
5061 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5062 /* The value has not changed. */
5063 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5064 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5067 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5068 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5070 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5073 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5074 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5077 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5079 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5080 struct watchpoint *b;
5081 struct frame_info *fr;
5082 int within_current_scope;
5084 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5085 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5086 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5088 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5089 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5090 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5091 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5094 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5095 within_current_scope = 1;
5098 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5099 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5100 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5102 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5103 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5104 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5105 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5106 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5107 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5108 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5109 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5110 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5111 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5114 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5115 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5117 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5118 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5119 if (within_current_scope)
5121 struct symbol *function;
5123 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5124 if (function == NULL
5125 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5126 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5127 within_current_scope = 0;
5130 if (within_current_scope)
5131 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5132 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5137 if (within_current_scope)
5139 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5140 time before we return to the command level and call
5141 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5142 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5146 struct value *new_val;
5148 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5149 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5150 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5151 a mask watchpoint. */
5152 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5154 mark = value_mark ();
5155 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5157 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5158 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5160 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5161 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5162 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5163 not what we want. */
5164 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5165 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5167 if (new_val != NULL)
5169 release_value (new_val);
5170 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5172 bs->old_val = b->val;
5175 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5179 /* Nothing changed. */
5180 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5181 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5186 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5188 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5189 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5190 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5191 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5192 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5193 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5194 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5195 the first value assigned). */
5196 /* We print all the stop information in
5197 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5198 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5199 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5201 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5203 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5204 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5205 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5207 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5208 which its expression is valid.\n");
5210 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5211 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5212 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5218 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5219 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5220 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5223 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5224 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5225 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5227 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5229 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5230 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5232 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5235 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5236 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5239 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5241 const struct bp_location *bl;
5242 struct watchpoint *b;
5244 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5245 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5246 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5247 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5248 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5251 int must_check_value = 0;
5253 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5254 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5256 must_check_value = 1;
5257 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5258 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5259 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5261 must_check_value = 1;
5262 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5263 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5264 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5265 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5266 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5267 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5268 must_check_value = 1;
5270 if (must_check_value)
5273 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5275 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5276 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5278 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5282 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5283 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5287 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5290 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5291 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5293 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5295 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5296 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5297 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5298 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5299 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5300 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5301 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5304 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5305 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5308 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5309 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5310 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5311 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5313 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5314 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5315 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5318 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5319 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5320 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5321 changes. This still gives false positives when
5322 the program writes the same value to memory as
5323 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5324 it for a read), but it's much better than
5327 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5329 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5331 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5334 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5335 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5337 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5338 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5340 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5341 == watch_triggered_yes)
5343 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5349 if (other_write_watchpoint
5350 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5352 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5353 and the value changed since the last time we
5354 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5356 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5361 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5362 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5363 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5365 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5366 the value hasn't changed. */
5367 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5375 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5376 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5377 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5378 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5379 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5383 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5385 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5386 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5387 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5388 anything for this watchpoint. */
5389 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5395 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5396 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5397 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5398 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5401 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5403 const struct bp_location *bl;
5404 struct breakpoint *b;
5405 int value_is_zero = 0;
5406 struct expression *cond;
5408 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5410 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5411 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5412 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5413 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5414 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5416 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5417 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5418 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5420 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5421 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5427 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5428 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5430 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5431 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5438 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5440 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5442 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5444 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5451 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5453 int within_current_scope = 1;
5454 struct watchpoint * w;
5456 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5457 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5458 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5459 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5461 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5463 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5464 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5468 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5469 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5470 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5471 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5472 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5474 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5475 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5478 struct frame_info *frame;
5480 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5481 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5482 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5483 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5484 really matter which instantiation of the function
5485 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5486 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5487 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5488 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5489 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5490 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5491 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5492 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5494 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5496 select_frame (frame);
5498 within_current_scope = 0;
5500 if (within_current_scope)
5502 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5503 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5507 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5508 "in the current scope"));
5509 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5510 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5513 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5514 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5517 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5521 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5525 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5527 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5532 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5533 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5535 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5536 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5539 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5541 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5543 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5544 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5545 several reasons concurrently.)
5547 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5548 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5551 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5552 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5553 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5555 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5556 struct bp_location *bl;
5557 struct bp_location *loc;
5558 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5559 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5560 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5563 int need_remove_insert;
5566 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5567 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5568 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5569 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5570 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5571 inferior function calls. */
5575 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5578 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5580 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5581 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5582 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5583 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5584 checked all locations already. */
5585 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5588 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5591 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5594 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5597 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5600 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5601 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5602 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5606 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5607 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5608 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5610 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5614 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5619 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5621 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5623 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5624 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5627 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5631 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5632 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5633 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5635 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5637 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5639 handle_solib_event ();
5644 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5645 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5646 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5650 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5655 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5656 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5659 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5664 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5666 /* We will stop here. */
5667 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5669 --(b->enable_count);
5670 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5671 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5672 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5677 bs->commands = b->commands;
5678 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5679 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5680 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5683 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5688 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5690 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5691 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5694 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5695 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5696 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5698 need_remove_insert = 0;
5699 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5700 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5702 && bs->breakpoint_at
5703 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5705 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5707 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5708 need_remove_insert = 1;
5711 if (need_remove_insert)
5712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5713 else if (removed_any)
5714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5720 handle_jit_event (void)
5722 struct frame_info *frame;
5723 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5725 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5726 breakpoint_re_set. */
5727 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5729 frame = get_current_frame ();
5730 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5732 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5734 target_terminal_inferior ();
5737 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5739 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5742 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5744 struct bpstat_what retval;
5748 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5749 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5750 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5752 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5754 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5755 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5756 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5759 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5761 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5762 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5766 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5773 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5776 case bp_shlib_event:
5780 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5782 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5785 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5794 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5796 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5800 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5801 This requires no further action. */
5805 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5807 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5808 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5810 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5811 case bp_exception_resume:
5812 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5813 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5815 case bp_step_resume:
5817 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5820 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5821 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5824 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5826 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5829 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5830 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5833 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5834 case bp_thread_event:
5835 case bp_overlay_event:
5836 case bp_longjmp_master:
5837 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5838 case bp_exception_master:
5839 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5845 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5847 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5851 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5852 This requires no further action. */
5857 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5860 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5861 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5862 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5863 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5865 case bp_std_terminate:
5866 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5867 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5868 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5869 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5872 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5873 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5874 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5875 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5877 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5878 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5880 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5881 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5882 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5884 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5885 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5886 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5887 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5892 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5894 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5898 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5899 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5902 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5905 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5906 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5911 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5913 handle_jit_event ();
5916 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5918 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5924 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5925 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5928 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5936 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5937 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5938 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5941 bpstat_should_step (void)
5943 struct breakpoint *b;
5946 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5952 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5954 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5963 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5964 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5965 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5968 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5970 static char wrap_indent[80];
5971 int i, total_width, width, align;
5975 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5977 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5979 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5980 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5981 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5986 total_width += width + 1;
5992 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5993 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5995 "host": Host evals condition.
5996 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5997 "target": Target evals condition.
6001 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6003 struct bp_location *bl;
6004 char host_evals = 0;
6005 char target_evals = 0;
6010 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6013 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6014 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6015 return condition_evaluation_host;
6017 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6019 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6025 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6026 return condition_evaluation_both;
6027 else if (target_evals)
6028 return condition_evaluation_target;
6030 return condition_evaluation_host;
6033 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6034 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6037 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6039 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6042 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6043 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6044 return condition_evaluation_host;
6046 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6047 return condition_evaluation_target;
6049 return condition_evaluation_host;
6052 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6055 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6056 struct bp_location *loc)
6058 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6059 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6061 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6065 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6067 if (b->display_canonical)
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
6069 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6072 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6077 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6078 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6079 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6083 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6088 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6090 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6094 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6095 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6097 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6099 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6101 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6106 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6107 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6108 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6111 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6112 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6116 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6120 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6122 struct ep_type_description
6127 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6129 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6130 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6131 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6132 {bp_until, "until"},
6133 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6134 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6135 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6139 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6140 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6141 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6142 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6143 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6144 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6145 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6146 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6147 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6148 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6149 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6150 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6151 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6152 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6153 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6154 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6155 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6156 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6158 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6159 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6160 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6161 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6164 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6165 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6166 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6167 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6170 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6173 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6174 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6177 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6178 const char *field_name,
6182 struct cleanup *back_to;
6183 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6187 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6188 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6189 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6192 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6194 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6200 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6210 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6214 do_cleanups (back_to);
6217 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6220 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6221 struct bp_location *loc,
6223 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6226 struct command_line *l;
6227 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6229 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6230 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6231 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6232 struct value_print_options opts;
6234 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6236 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6237 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6238 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6241 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6242 header_of_multiple = 1;
6250 if (part_of_multiple)
6253 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6259 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6264 if (part_of_multiple)
6265 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6267 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6271 if (part_of_multiple)
6272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6274 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6279 if (part_of_multiple)
6280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6282 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6283 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6284 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6288 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6290 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6291 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6292 make sure there's just one location. */
6293 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6294 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6300 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6301 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6305 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6306 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6307 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6309 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6311 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6312 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6313 is relatively readable). */
6314 if (opts.addressprint)
6315 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6317 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6322 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6326 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6327 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6329 case bp_exception_resume:
6330 case bp_step_resume:
6331 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6332 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6334 case bp_std_terminate:
6335 case bp_shlib_event:
6336 case bp_thread_event:
6337 case bp_overlay_event:
6338 case bp_longjmp_master:
6339 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6340 case bp_exception_master:
6342 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6343 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6346 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6348 if (opts.addressprint)
6351 if (header_of_multiple)
6352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6353 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6354 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6356 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6357 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6360 if (!header_of_multiple)
6361 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6368 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6370 struct inferior *inf;
6371 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6376 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6377 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6380 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6381 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6383 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6384 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6385 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6386 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6387 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6388 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6390 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6391 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6394 if (!part_of_multiple)
6396 if (b->thread != -1)
6398 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6399 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6401 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6403 else if (b->task != 0)
6405 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6406 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6412 if (!part_of_multiple)
6413 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6415 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6419 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6421 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6422 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6426 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6433 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6435 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6436 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6437 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6438 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6439 == condition_evaluation_target)
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6442 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6443 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6444 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6446 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6449 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6451 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6453 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6457 if (!part_of_multiple)
6461 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6462 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6464 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6469 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6470 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6473 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6477 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6478 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6483 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6487 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6488 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6491 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6492 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6493 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6494 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6498 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6499 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6500 if (b->ignore_count)
6501 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6503 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6504 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6505 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6508 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6510 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6512 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6515 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6516 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6520 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6521 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6523 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6526 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6527 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6528 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6531 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6533 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6535 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6537 annotate_field (10);
6538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6539 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6543 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6545 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6547 annotate_field (11);
6549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6551 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6555 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6565 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6567 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6571 else if (b->addr_string)
6572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6577 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6578 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6581 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6582 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6584 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6586 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6587 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6589 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6590 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6591 locations, if any. */
6592 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6594 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6595 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6596 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6599 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6600 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6602 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6603 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6605 struct bp_location *loc;
6608 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6610 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6611 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6612 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6613 do_cleanups (inner2);
6620 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6622 int print_address_bits = 0;
6623 struct bp_location *loc;
6625 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6629 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6630 an address to print. */
6631 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6634 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6635 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6636 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6639 return print_address_bits;
6642 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6648 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6650 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6651 struct breakpoint *b;
6652 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6656 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6658 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6666 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6667 char **error_message)
6669 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6672 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6674 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6675 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6681 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6682 internal or momentary. */
6685 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6687 return b->number > 0;
6690 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6691 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6692 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6693 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6694 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6695 breakpoints listed. */
6698 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6699 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6701 struct breakpoint *b;
6702 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6703 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6704 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6705 struct value_print_options opts;
6706 int print_address_bits = 0;
6707 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6708 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6710 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6712 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6713 required for address fields. */
6714 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6717 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6718 if (filter && !filter (b))
6721 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6722 accept. Skip the others. */
6723 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6725 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6727 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6731 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6733 int addr_bit, type_len;
6735 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6736 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6737 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6739 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6740 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6741 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6743 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6747 if (opts.addressprint)
6749 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6750 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6754 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6755 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6758 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6759 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6760 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6762 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6763 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6765 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6766 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6773 if (opts.addressprint)
6775 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6777 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6778 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6779 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6781 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6782 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6784 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6786 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6787 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6789 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6794 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6795 if (filter && !filter (b))
6798 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6799 accept. Skip the others. */
6801 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6803 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6805 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6808 else /* all others */
6810 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6814 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6816 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6817 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6820 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6822 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6824 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6828 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6829 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6831 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6832 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6838 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6839 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6842 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6843 there have been breakpoints? */
6844 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6846 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6849 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6850 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6853 default_collect_info (void)
6855 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6857 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6858 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6860 if (!*default_collect)
6863 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6865 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6867 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6871 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6873 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6875 default_collect_info ();
6879 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6881 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6882 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6884 if (num_printed == 0)
6886 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6887 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6889 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6894 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6896 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6898 default_collect_info ();
6902 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6903 struct program_space *pspace,
6904 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6906 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6908 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6910 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6911 && bl->address == pc
6912 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6918 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6919 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6923 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6924 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6925 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6928 struct breakpoint *b;
6931 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6932 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6936 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6937 else /* if (others == ???) */
6938 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6940 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6943 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6944 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6945 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6946 else if (b->thread != -1)
6947 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6948 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6949 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6950 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6952 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6956 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6958 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6959 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6960 printf_filtered (".\n");
6965 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6966 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6967 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6968 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6970 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6971 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6972 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6973 breakpoint at address zero:
6981 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6983 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6985 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6988 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6989 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6992 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6993 struct bp_location *loc2)
6995 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6996 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6998 /* Both of them must exist. */
6999 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7000 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7002 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7003 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7004 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7005 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7006 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7007 other watchpoint. */
7009 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7011 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7014 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7016 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7020 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7021 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7022 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7023 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7024 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7025 become hw_access locations later. */
7026 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7027 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7028 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7029 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7032 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7035 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7036 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7038 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7039 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7043 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7044 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7045 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7046 space doesn't really matter. */
7049 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7050 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7053 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7054 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7055 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7058 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7059 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7060 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7061 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7064 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7065 struct address_space *aspace,
7068 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7071 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7072 bl->address, bl->length,
7076 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7077 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7078 true, otherwise returns false. */
7081 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7082 struct bp_location *loc2)
7084 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7085 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7086 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7087 different locations. */
7088 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7093 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7094 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7095 represent the same location. */
7098 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7099 struct bp_location *loc2)
7101 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7103 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7104 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7105 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7107 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7108 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7110 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7113 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7114 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7115 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7117 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7118 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7119 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7120 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7124 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7125 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7127 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7128 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7132 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7133 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7135 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7136 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7138 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7141 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7142 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7143 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7144 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7147 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7148 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7150 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7152 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7155 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7156 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7157 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7158 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7159 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7161 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7162 have their addresses modified. */
7167 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7169 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7170 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7171 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7173 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7174 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7176 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7177 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7179 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7184 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7185 struct breakpoint *owner)
7187 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7189 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7194 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7195 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7198 switch (owner->type)
7204 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7205 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7207 case bp_exception_resume:
7208 case bp_step_resume:
7209 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7210 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7212 case bp_std_terminate:
7213 case bp_shlib_event:
7214 case bp_thread_event:
7215 case bp_overlay_event:
7217 case bp_longjmp_master:
7218 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7219 case bp_exception_master:
7220 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7221 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7223 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7224 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7226 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7227 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7228 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7230 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7231 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7232 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7233 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7238 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7239 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7243 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7249 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7251 static struct bp_location *
7252 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7254 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7258 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7260 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7264 /* Increment reference count. */
7267 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7272 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7273 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7276 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7278 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7280 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7281 free_bp_location (*blp);
7285 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7288 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7290 struct breakpoint *b1;
7292 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7293 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7295 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7297 breakpoint_chain = b;
7306 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7309 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7310 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7314 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7316 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7320 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7321 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7322 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7324 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7327 b->ignore_count = 0;
7329 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7330 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7331 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7332 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7335 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7336 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7338 static struct breakpoint *
7339 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7341 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7343 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7345 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7346 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7350 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7351 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7355 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7357 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7359 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7360 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7361 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7364 const char *function_name;
7365 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7367 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7368 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7370 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7372 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7374 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7375 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7376 &loc->requested_address))
7378 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7379 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7380 loc->requested_address,
7383 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7384 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7386 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7387 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7388 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7389 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7391 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7396 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7400 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7402 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7405 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7407 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7412 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7413 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7414 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7416 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7417 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7418 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7421 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7422 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7423 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7425 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7427 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7429 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7430 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7432 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7433 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7435 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7436 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7439 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7440 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7441 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7442 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7443 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7444 is also returned as the value of this function.
7446 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7447 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7448 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7449 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7450 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7451 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7452 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7455 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7456 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7457 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7459 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7461 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7462 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7467 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7468 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7470 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7472 struct bp_location *bl;
7474 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7476 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7477 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7478 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7479 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7480 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7481 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7485 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7486 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7487 initiated the operation. */
7490 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7492 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7493 int thread = tp->num;
7495 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7496 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7497 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7498 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7500 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7501 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7502 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7504 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7505 struct breakpoint *clone;
7507 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7508 after their removal. */
7509 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7510 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7511 clone->thread = thread;
7514 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7517 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7519 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7521 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7524 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7526 if (b->thread == thread)
7527 delete_breakpoint (b);
7532 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7534 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7537 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7539 if (b->thread == thread)
7540 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7544 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7545 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7546 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7550 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7552 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7555 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7557 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7559 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7560 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7562 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7564 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7566 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7569 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7570 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7571 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7572 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7578 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7579 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7582 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7583 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7587 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7589 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7592 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7594 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7596 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7597 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7598 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7599 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7602 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7604 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7606 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7607 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7608 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7610 delete_breakpoint (b);
7615 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7617 struct breakpoint *b;
7620 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7622 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7623 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7624 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7629 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7631 struct breakpoint *b;
7634 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7636 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7637 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7638 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7642 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7643 master breakpoint. */
7645 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7647 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7650 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7651 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7653 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7654 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7658 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7660 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7662 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7665 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7666 delete_breakpoint (b);
7670 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7672 struct breakpoint *b;
7674 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7675 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7677 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7678 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7680 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7682 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7688 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7690 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7692 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7693 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7694 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7695 delete_breakpoint (b);
7698 struct lang_and_radix
7704 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7707 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7709 struct breakpoint *b;
7711 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7712 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7713 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7717 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7720 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7722 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7725 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7726 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7727 delete_breakpoint (b);
7731 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7736 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7737 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7738 delete_breakpoint (b);
7741 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7744 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7746 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7749 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7750 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7751 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7754 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7755 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7756 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7758 static struct breakpoint *
7759 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7760 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7762 struct breakpoint *b;
7764 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7765 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7771 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7773 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7776 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7779 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7781 struct breakpoint *b;
7783 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7785 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7786 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7788 delete_breakpoint (b);
7794 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7795 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7798 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7800 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7802 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7804 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7805 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7807 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7808 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7809 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7810 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7811 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7812 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7813 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7814 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7815 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7816 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7817 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7818 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7821 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7826 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7827 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7828 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7831 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7833 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7834 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7836 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7837 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7838 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7839 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7840 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7841 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7844 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7847 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7849 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7850 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7851 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7852 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7853 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7854 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7855 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7856 || is_tracepoint (b))
7857 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7859 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7860 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7861 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7862 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7865 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7866 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7868 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7870 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7871 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7872 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7875 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7880 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7881 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7882 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7885 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7887 struct breakpoint *b;
7889 if (objfile == NULL)
7892 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7893 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7894 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7895 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7896 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7897 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7898 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7899 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7900 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7901 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7903 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7904 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7909 struct bp_location *loc;
7910 int bp_modified = 0;
7912 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7915 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7917 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7919 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7920 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7923 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7926 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7929 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7930 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7933 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7935 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7936 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7937 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7938 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7939 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7942 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7949 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7953 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7955 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7956 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7957 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7958 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7959 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7961 struct fork_catchpoint
7963 /* The base class. */
7964 struct breakpoint base;
7966 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7967 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7968 catchpoint has triggered. */
7969 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7972 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7976 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7978 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7981 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7985 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7987 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7990 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7994 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7995 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7996 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7998 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8000 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8003 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8007 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8010 static enum print_stop_action
8011 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8013 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8014 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8015 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8017 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8018 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8024 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8025 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8028 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8029 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8031 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8032 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8035 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8039 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8041 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8042 struct value_print_options opts;
8043 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8045 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8047 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8048 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8050 if (opts.addressprint)
8051 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8053 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8054 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8056 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8058 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8059 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8062 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8063 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8066 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8070 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8072 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8075 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8079 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8081 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8082 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8085 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8087 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8089 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8093 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8095 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8098 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8102 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8104 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8107 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8111 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8112 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8113 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8115 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8117 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8120 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8124 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8127 static enum print_stop_action
8128 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8130 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8131 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8132 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8134 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8135 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8136 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8138 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8139 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8147 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8149 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8152 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8156 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8158 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8159 struct value_print_options opts;
8160 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8162 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8163 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8164 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8166 if (opts.addressprint)
8167 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8169 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8170 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8174 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8175 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8186 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8188 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8191 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8195 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8197 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8198 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8201 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8203 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8205 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8206 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8207 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8208 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8209 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8211 struct solib_catchpoint
8213 /* The base class. */
8214 struct breakpoint base;
8216 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8217 unsigned char is_load;
8219 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8220 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8226 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8228 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8231 regfree (&self->compiled);
8232 xfree (self->regex);
8234 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8238 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8244 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8250 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8251 struct address_space *aspace,
8253 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8255 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8256 struct breakpoint *other;
8258 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8263 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8265 if (other == bl->owner)
8268 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8271 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8274 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8276 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8285 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8287 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8288 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8293 struct so_list *iter;
8296 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8301 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8310 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8315 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8321 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8324 static enum print_stop_action
8325 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8327 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8328 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8330 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8331 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8335 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8338 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8339 print_solib_event (1);
8340 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8344 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8346 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8347 struct value_print_options opts;
8348 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8351 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8352 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8353 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8355 if (opts.addressprint)
8358 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8365 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8367 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8372 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8374 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8380 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8381 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8385 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8387 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8389 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8390 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8394 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8396 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8399 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8400 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8406 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8408 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8409 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8410 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8411 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8412 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8413 created in an enabled state. */
8416 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8418 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8419 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8420 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8424 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8426 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8427 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8433 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8436 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8438 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8439 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8441 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8444 c->is_load = is_load;
8445 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8446 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8448 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8450 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8451 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8454 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8458 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8459 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8462 const int enabled = 1;
8464 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8466 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8470 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8471 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8473 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8477 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8478 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8480 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8483 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8484 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8485 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8486 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8487 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8489 struct syscall_catchpoint
8491 /* The base class. */
8492 struct breakpoint base;
8494 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8495 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8496 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8497 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8498 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8501 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8505 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8507 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8509 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8511 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8514 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8516 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8518 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8519 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8520 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8522 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8523 int any_syscall_count;
8525 /* Count of each system call. */
8526 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8528 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8529 if any catching is necessary. */
8530 int total_syscalls_count;
8533 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8534 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8536 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8538 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8539 if (inf_data == NULL)
8541 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8542 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8549 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8555 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8559 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8561 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8562 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8563 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8564 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8566 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8567 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8568 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8574 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8579 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8581 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8582 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8583 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8585 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8586 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8587 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8589 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8590 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8592 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8593 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8597 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8598 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8599 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8601 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8603 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8606 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8610 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8612 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8613 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8614 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8615 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8617 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8618 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8619 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8625 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8629 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8630 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8632 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8633 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8637 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8638 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8639 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8641 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8643 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8646 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8650 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8651 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8652 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8654 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8655 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8656 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8657 int syscall_number = 0;
8658 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8659 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8661 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8662 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8665 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8667 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8668 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8673 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8675 if (syscall_number == iter)
8684 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8687 static enum print_stop_action
8688 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8691 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8692 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8693 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8694 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8695 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8697 struct target_waitstatus last;
8700 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8702 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8704 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8706 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8713 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8714 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8715 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8720 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8721 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8723 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8725 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8726 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8732 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8735 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8739 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8740 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8742 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8743 struct value_print_options opts;
8744 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8746 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8747 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8748 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8750 if (opts.addressprint)
8751 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8754 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8755 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8756 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8758 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8760 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8763 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8766 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8771 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8774 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8776 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8778 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8779 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8783 /* Remove the last comma. */
8784 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8788 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8795 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8799 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8801 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8803 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8807 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8808 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8810 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8813 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8817 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8820 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8822 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8824 printf_filtered (")");
8827 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8831 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8835 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8837 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8841 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8846 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8851 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8853 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8858 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8861 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8863 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8865 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8868 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8870 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8873 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8874 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8875 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8876 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8879 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8880 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8882 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8884 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8887 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8889 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8891 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8892 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8896 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8898 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8899 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8900 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8901 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8904 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8907 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8911 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8912 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8913 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8915 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8917 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8919 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8921 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8924 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8926 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8927 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8928 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8929 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8930 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8932 struct exec_catchpoint
8934 /* The base class. */
8935 struct breakpoint base;
8937 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8938 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8940 char *exec_pathname;
8943 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8947 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8949 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8951 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8953 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8957 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8959 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8963 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8965 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8969 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8970 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8971 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8973 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8975 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8978 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8982 static enum print_stop_action
8983 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8985 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8986 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8987 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8989 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8990 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8996 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8998 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9000 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9001 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
9002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
9003 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
9005 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9009 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
9011 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
9012 struct value_print_options opts;
9013 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9015 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9017 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9018 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9019 is relatively readable). */
9020 if (opts.addressprint)
9021 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9023 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
9024 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
9026 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
9027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
9028 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
9031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9032 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
9036 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
9038 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
9041 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9045 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9047 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
9048 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9051 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
9054 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
9055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9057 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
9058 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9060 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9061 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9062 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9064 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9068 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9071 struct breakpoint *b;
9072 struct bp_location *bl;
9076 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9077 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9079 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9081 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9088 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9092 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9095 struct bp_location *bl;
9097 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9100 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9102 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9104 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9110 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9111 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9112 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9113 types _not_ TYPE. */
9116 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9117 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9120 struct breakpoint *b;
9122 *other_type_used = 0;
9127 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9130 if (b->type == type)
9131 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9132 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9133 *other_type_used = 1;
9140 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9142 struct breakpoint *b;
9146 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9148 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9149 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9155 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9157 struct breakpoint *b;
9161 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9163 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9164 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9170 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9172 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9173 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9177 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9179 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9180 breakpoint_re_set ();
9184 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9185 at address specified by SAL.
9186 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9189 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9190 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9192 struct breakpoint *b;
9194 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9196 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9198 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9199 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9200 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9201 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9203 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9204 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9206 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9207 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9209 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9214 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9215 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9216 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9218 static struct breakpoint *
9219 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9221 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9224 struct breakpoint *copy;
9226 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9227 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9228 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9230 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9231 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9232 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9233 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9234 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9235 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9236 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9237 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9238 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9239 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9240 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9241 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9243 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9244 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9245 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9247 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9251 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9255 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9257 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9261 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9265 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9268 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9270 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9272 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9273 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9275 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9279 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9282 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9284 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9287 printf_filtered ("\n");
9291 static struct bp_location *
9292 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9293 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9295 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9296 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9297 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9299 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9300 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9302 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9303 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9304 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9305 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9306 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9307 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9308 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9311 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9312 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9313 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9314 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9319 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9320 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9321 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9322 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9323 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9324 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9325 loc->section = sal->section;
9326 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9327 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9328 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9330 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9331 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9336 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9337 return 0 otherwise. */
9340 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9344 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9345 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9346 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9349 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9351 addr = loc->address;
9352 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9354 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9358 target_mem = alloca (len);
9360 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9361 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9362 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9363 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9365 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9366 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9368 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9369 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9372 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9377 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9378 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9381 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9383 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9384 char *printf_line = NULL;
9389 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9391 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9393 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9395 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9397 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9398 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9400 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9401 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9402 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9404 if (!dprintf_function)
9405 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9407 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9408 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9413 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9417 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9419 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9420 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9423 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9424 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9428 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9429 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9431 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9432 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9434 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9435 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9437 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9438 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9439 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9440 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9441 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9442 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9444 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9448 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9449 current style settings. */
9452 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9453 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9455 struct breakpoint *b;
9459 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9460 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9464 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9465 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9466 as condition expression. */
9469 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9470 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9471 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9473 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9474 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9475 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9476 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9477 int display_canonical)
9481 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9483 int target_resources_ok;
9485 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9486 target_resources_ok =
9487 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9489 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9490 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9491 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9492 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9495 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9497 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9499 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9500 struct bp_location *loc;
9504 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9506 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9508 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9509 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9514 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9518 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9519 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9520 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9521 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9522 b->disposition = disposition;
9524 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9525 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9527 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9529 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9530 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9532 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9534 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9535 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9536 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9540 p = skip_spaces (p);
9542 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9544 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9545 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9547 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9549 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9551 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9553 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9554 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9556 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9558 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9561 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9562 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9569 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9570 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9574 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9575 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9579 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9581 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9582 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9584 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9587 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9588 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9589 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9591 if (b->extra_string)
9592 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9594 error (_("Format string required"));
9596 else if (b->extra_string)
9597 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9600 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9602 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9604 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9607 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9612 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9613 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9614 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9616 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9617 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9618 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9619 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9620 int display_canonical)
9622 struct breakpoint *b;
9623 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9625 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9627 struct tracepoint *t;
9629 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9633 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9635 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9637 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9639 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9641 thread, task, ignore_count,
9643 enabled, internal, flags,
9645 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9647 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9650 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9651 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9652 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9653 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9654 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9655 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9656 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9657 we take just a single condition string.
9659 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9660 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9661 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9662 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9663 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9666 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9667 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9668 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9669 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9670 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9671 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9672 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9675 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9677 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9678 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9680 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9682 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9683 'break', without arguments. */
9684 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9685 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9687 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9688 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9690 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9691 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9694 cond_string, extra_string,
9696 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9697 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9698 canonical->special_display);
9699 discard_cleanups (inner);
9703 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9704 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9705 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9706 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9708 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9709 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9712 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9713 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9715 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9717 if ((*address) == NULL
9718 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9720 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9722 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9724 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9725 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9728 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9729 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9730 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9732 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9733 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9734 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9735 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9736 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9737 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9739 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9741 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9742 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9743 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9744 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9745 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9747 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9749 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9750 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9751 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9753 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9756 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9760 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9762 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9763 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9764 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9765 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9767 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9768 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9769 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9771 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9772 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9773 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9774 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9775 get_last_displayed_line (),
9776 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9778 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9779 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9784 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9785 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9788 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9792 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9793 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9796 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9797 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9798 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9799 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9800 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9804 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9805 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9808 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9810 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9812 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9814 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9816 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9818 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9819 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9820 associated with SAL. */
9823 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9825 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9828 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9829 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9831 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9835 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9837 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9838 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9840 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9843 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9844 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9845 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9846 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9847 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9848 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9851 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9852 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9855 *cond_string = NULL;
9862 const char *end_tok;
9864 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9865 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9867 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9869 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9871 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9875 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9877 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9879 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9881 struct expression *expr;
9883 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9884 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9887 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9889 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9894 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9896 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9897 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9898 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9901 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9906 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9908 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9909 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9910 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9915 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9919 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9923 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9925 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9926 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9928 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9929 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9930 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9931 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9936 p = skip_spaces (p);
9938 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9940 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9941 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9943 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9944 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9945 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9947 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9948 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9950 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9952 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9954 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9956 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9958 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9959 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9961 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9964 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9970 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9971 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9972 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9973 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9974 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9975 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9976 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9977 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9978 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9979 was created; false otherwise. */
9982 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9983 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9984 int thread, char *extra_string,
9986 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9988 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9989 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9990 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9993 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9994 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9995 char *addr_start = arg;
9996 struct linespec_result canonical;
9997 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9998 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
10001 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
10003 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
10005 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
10007 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10009 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
10010 addr_start, ©_arg);
10013 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10017 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10023 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10025 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10028 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10029 throw_exception (e);
10031 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10033 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10034 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10035 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10036 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10037 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10040 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10041 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10042 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10043 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10045 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10047 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10048 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10049 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10050 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10051 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10053 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10057 throw_exception (e);
10061 throw_exception (e);
10064 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10065 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10067 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10068 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10069 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10070 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10071 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10073 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10074 are ok for the target. */
10078 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10080 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10081 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10084 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10085 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10088 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10090 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10091 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10094 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10095 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10102 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10104 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10106 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10107 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10108 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10109 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10111 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10112 &thread, &task, &rest);
10114 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10116 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10118 extra_string = rest;
10123 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10125 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10128 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10129 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10131 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10134 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10135 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10139 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10140 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10141 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10142 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10143 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10147 struct breakpoint *b;
10149 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10151 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10153 struct tracepoint *t;
10155 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10159 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10163 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10165 b->cond_string = NULL;
10168 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10171 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10172 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10174 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10176 b->extra_string = NULL;
10177 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10178 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10179 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10180 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10181 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10182 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10183 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10185 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10188 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10190 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10191 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10192 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10195 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10197 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10198 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10199 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10201 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10202 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10207 /* Set a breakpoint.
10208 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10209 condition, and thread.
10210 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10211 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10212 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10215 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10217 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10218 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10219 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10221 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10222 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10224 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10225 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10226 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10228 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10230 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10232 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10233 tempflag, type_wanted,
10234 0 /* Ignore count */,
10235 pending_break_support,
10243 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10246 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10250 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10252 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10253 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10254 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10257 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10258 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10259 if (sal->explicit_line)
10260 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10263 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10265 const struct blockvector *bv;
10266 const struct block *b;
10267 struct symbol *sym;
10269 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10272 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10275 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10276 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10280 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10281 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10282 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10283 happen in assembly source). */
10285 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10286 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10288 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10290 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10292 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10294 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10301 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10303 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10307 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10309 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10313 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10315 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10319 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10321 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10325 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10327 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10328 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10329 stop at <line>\n"));
10333 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10337 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10339 else if (*arg != '*')
10341 char *argptr = arg;
10344 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10345 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10346 function/method name. */
10347 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10349 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10354 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10356 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10360 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10362 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10366 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10370 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10374 char *argptr = arg;
10377 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10378 it is probably a line number. */
10379 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10381 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10386 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10388 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10392 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10394 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10397 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10398 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10399 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10403 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10405 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10407 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10409 0 /* Ignore count */,
10410 pending_break_support,
10411 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10419 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10421 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10424 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10425 ranged breakpoints. */
10428 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10429 struct address_space *aspace,
10431 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10433 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10434 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10437 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10438 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10441 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10442 ranged breakpoints. */
10445 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10447 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10450 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10451 ranged breakpoints. */
10453 static enum print_stop_action
10454 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10456 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10457 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10458 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10460 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10462 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10463 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10465 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10466 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10470 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10473 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10476 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10477 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10479 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10482 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10483 ranged breakpoints. */
10486 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10487 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10489 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10490 struct value_print_options opts;
10491 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10493 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10494 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10496 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10498 if (opts.addressprint)
10499 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10500 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10501 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10502 annotate_field (5);
10503 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10507 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10508 ranged breakpoints. */
10511 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10512 struct ui_out *uiout)
10514 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10515 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10516 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10517 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10521 address_start = bl->address;
10522 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10524 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10525 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10526 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10527 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10528 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10529 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10531 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10534 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10535 ranged breakpoints. */
10538 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10540 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10541 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10544 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10549 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10550 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10551 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10554 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10555 ranged breakpoints. */
10558 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10561 b->addr_string_range_end);
10562 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10565 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10567 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10569 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10570 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10571 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10572 last instruction of the given line. */
10575 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10579 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10580 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10581 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10588 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10590 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10592 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10599 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10602 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10604 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10605 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10606 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10608 struct breakpoint *b;
10609 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10610 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10611 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10613 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10614 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10615 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10617 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10618 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10619 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10621 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10622 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10624 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10625 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10626 error(_("No address range specified."));
10628 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10631 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10633 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10636 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10637 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10638 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10640 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10642 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10643 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10644 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10646 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10647 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10648 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10650 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10651 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10653 /* Parse the end location. */
10655 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10658 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10659 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10660 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10661 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10662 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10663 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10664 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10665 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10667 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10669 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10670 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10672 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10673 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10674 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10675 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10677 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10678 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10679 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10681 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10682 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10683 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10685 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10687 /* Length overflowed. */
10688 error (_("Address range too large."));
10689 else if (length == 1)
10691 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10692 the `hbreak' command. */
10693 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10695 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10700 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10701 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10702 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10703 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10704 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10705 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10706 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10707 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10708 b->loc->length = length;
10710 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10713 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10714 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10717 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10718 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10719 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10723 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10725 int i = exp->nelts;
10731 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10732 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10735 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10745 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10746 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10747 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10748 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10749 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10751 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10778 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10781 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10782 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10787 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10788 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10789 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10790 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10791 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10792 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10793 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10795 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10796 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10801 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10803 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10804 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10805 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10806 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10808 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10809 are always constant. */
10811 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10813 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10814 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10815 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10820 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10821 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10822 then it is not a constant. */
10831 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10834 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10838 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10840 xfree (w->exp_string);
10841 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10842 value_free (w->val);
10844 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10847 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10850 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10854 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10855 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10857 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10858 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10859 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10860 are loaded and unloaded.
10862 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10863 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10864 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10865 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10866 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10867 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10869 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10870 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10871 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10872 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10874 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10875 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10877 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10878 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10879 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10882 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10885 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10887 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10888 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10890 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10894 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10897 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10899 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10900 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10902 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10907 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10908 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10909 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10911 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10912 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10914 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10915 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10916 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10917 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10918 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10919 (did not match the data address). */
10920 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10921 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10928 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10930 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10932 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10935 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 hardware watchpoints. */
10939 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10941 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10942 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10944 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10947 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10948 hardware watchpoints. */
10951 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10953 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10954 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10957 static enum print_stop_action
10958 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10960 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10961 struct breakpoint *b;
10962 struct ui_file *stb;
10963 enum print_stop_action result;
10964 struct watchpoint *w;
10965 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10967 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10969 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10970 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10972 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10973 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10977 case bp_watchpoint:
10978 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10979 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10980 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10981 ui_out_field_string
10983 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10985 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10987 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10988 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10990 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10991 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10993 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10994 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10997 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10999 ui_out_field_string
11001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11003 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11004 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11005 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11006 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
11007 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11008 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11011 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11012 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
11014 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11016 ui_out_field_string
11018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11020 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11022 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11023 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11029 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11030 ui_out_field_string
11032 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11033 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11036 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11037 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11039 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11042 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11045 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11049 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11053 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11055 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11056 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11057 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11061 case bp_watchpoint:
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11063 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11065 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11066 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11067 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11069 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11070 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11071 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11073 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11074 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11075 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11078 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11079 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11083 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11085 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11088 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11092 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11094 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11098 case bp_watchpoint:
11099 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11102 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11105 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11109 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11110 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11114 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11117 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11121 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11123 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11124 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11125 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11131 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11133 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11135 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11136 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11139 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11143 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11144 bl->watchpoint_type);
11147 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11148 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11151 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11153 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11155 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11156 bl->watchpoint_type);
11159 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11160 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11163 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11165 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11167 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11170 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11171 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11174 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11179 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11180 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11182 static enum print_stop_action
11183 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11185 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11186 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11188 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11189 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11193 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11194 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11196 ui_out_field_string
11198 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11201 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11203 ui_out_field_string
11205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11208 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11210 ui_out_field_string
11212 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11215 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11216 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11220 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11221 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11222 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11223 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11225 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11226 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11229 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11230 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11233 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11234 struct ui_out *uiout)
11236 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11238 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11239 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11241 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11242 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11243 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11246 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11247 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11250 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11252 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11253 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11254 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11258 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11259 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11260 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11262 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11263 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11264 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11266 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11267 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11268 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11271 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11272 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11275 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11276 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11277 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11278 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11281 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11282 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11285 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11287 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11292 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11293 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11295 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11298 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11302 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11303 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11306 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11308 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11313 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11315 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11318 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11320 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11323 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11324 hw_read: watch read,
11325 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11327 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11328 int just_location, int internal)
11330 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11331 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11332 struct expression *exp;
11333 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11334 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11335 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11336 struct frame_info *frame;
11337 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11338 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11339 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11341 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11342 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11343 enum bptype bp_type;
11346 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11347 the hardware watchpoint. */
11349 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11350 struct watchpoint *w;
11352 struct cleanup *back_to;
11354 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11355 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11357 const char *value_start;
11359 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11361 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11362 of the arguments string. */
11363 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11365 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11366 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11369 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11370 This is the value of the parameter. */
11371 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11373 value_start = tok + 1;
11375 /* Skip whitespace. */
11376 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11381 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11382 This is the parameter itself. */
11383 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11386 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11388 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11390 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11391 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11392 only in a specific thread. */
11396 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11398 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11399 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11401 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11403 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11404 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11406 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11407 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11408 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11410 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11412 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11413 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11415 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11418 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11420 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11422 mark = value_mark ();
11423 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11424 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11425 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11428 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11431 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11432 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11439 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11440 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11442 innermost_block = NULL;
11443 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11444 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11445 exp_start = arg = expression;
11446 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11448 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11449 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11451 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11454 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11455 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11459 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11460 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11462 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11465 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11466 mark = value_mark ();
11467 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11469 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11471 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11472 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11479 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11480 val = value_addr (result);
11481 release_value (val);
11482 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11486 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11489 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11490 else if (ret == -2)
11491 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11494 else if (val != NULL)
11495 release_value (val);
11497 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11498 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11500 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11501 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11503 struct expression *cond;
11505 innermost_block = NULL;
11506 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11507 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11509 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11510 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11511 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11517 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11519 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11521 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11522 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11523 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11524 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11525 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11527 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11530 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11531 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11532 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11533 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11535 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11537 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11538 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11540 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11541 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11543 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11544 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11545 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11546 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11547 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11548 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11549 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11550 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11551 scope_breakpoint->type);
11555 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11556 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11557 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11558 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11560 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11561 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11562 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11563 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11565 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11567 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11570 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11571 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11573 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11574 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11575 b->thread = thread;
11576 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11577 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11579 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11580 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11583 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11584 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11587 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11588 name = type_to_string (t);
11590 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11591 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11594 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11595 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11597 /* The above expression is in C. */
11598 b->language = language_c;
11601 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11605 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11610 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11611 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11616 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11618 b->cond_string = 0;
11622 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11623 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11627 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11628 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11631 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11633 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11634 need to act on them together. */
11635 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11636 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11639 if (!just_location)
11640 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11642 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11644 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11645 that should be inserted. */
11646 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11650 delete_breakpoint (b);
11651 throw_exception (e);
11654 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11655 do_cleanups (back_to);
11658 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11659 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11662 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11664 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11665 struct value *head = v;
11667 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11668 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11671 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11672 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11673 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11674 hardware watchpoint.
11676 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11677 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11678 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11679 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11680 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11681 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11682 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11683 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11684 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11686 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11687 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11688 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11689 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11690 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11692 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11694 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11695 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11696 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11697 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11698 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11699 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11703 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11704 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11705 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11707 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11708 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11709 middle of some value chain. */
11711 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11712 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11714 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11718 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11719 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11720 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11722 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11726 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11730 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11731 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11732 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11733 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11734 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11737 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11738 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11739 return found_memory_cnt;
11743 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11745 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11748 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11749 calls watch_command_1. */
11752 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11754 int just_location = 0;
11757 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11758 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11760 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11764 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11768 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11770 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11774 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11776 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11780 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11782 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11786 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11788 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11792 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11794 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11798 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11799 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11801 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11803 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11804 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11808 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11809 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11810 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11813 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11815 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11817 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11818 if (a->breakpoint2)
11819 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11820 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11824 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11826 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11827 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11828 struct frame_info *frame;
11829 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11830 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11831 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11832 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11833 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11834 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11836 struct thread_info *tp;
11838 clear_proceed_status (0);
11840 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11843 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11844 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11845 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11846 get_last_displayed_line ());
11848 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11849 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11851 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11852 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11854 sal = sals.sals[0];
11855 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11860 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11862 tp = inferior_thread ();
11865 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11867 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11868 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11869 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11872 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11873 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11874 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11875 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11877 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11880 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11882 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11884 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11885 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11886 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11890 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11892 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11893 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11896 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11900 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11901 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11902 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11903 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11905 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11906 only at the very same frame. */
11907 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11908 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11909 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11911 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11913 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11914 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11915 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11916 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11918 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11920 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11921 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11923 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11924 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11925 args->thread_num = thread;
11927 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11928 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11929 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11933 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11936 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11937 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11939 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11940 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11941 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11942 if clause in the arg string. */
11945 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11949 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11952 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11955 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11956 condition string. */
11957 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11958 cond_string = *arg;
11960 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11962 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11964 return cond_string;
11967 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11968 process start/exit, etc. */
11972 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11973 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11978 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11979 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11981 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11982 char *cond_string = NULL;
11983 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11986 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11987 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11988 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11992 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11994 /* The allowed syntax is:
11996 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11998 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11999 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12001 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12002 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12004 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12005 and enable reporting of such events. */
12008 case catch_fork_temporary:
12009 case catch_fork_permanent:
12010 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12011 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
12013 case catch_vfork_temporary:
12014 case catch_vfork_permanent:
12015 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12016 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12019 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12025 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12026 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12028 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12029 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12031 char *cond_string = NULL;
12033 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12037 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12039 /* The allowed syntax is:
12041 catch exec if <cond>
12043 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12044 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12046 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12047 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12049 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12050 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12051 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12052 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12054 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12058 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12059 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12060 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12062 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12069 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12071 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12073 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12074 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12075 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12076 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12077 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12078 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12079 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12080 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12081 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12082 enough for now, though. */
12085 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12087 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12088 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12089 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12090 b->language = language_ada;
12093 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12094 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12096 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12098 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12099 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12101 while (*arg != '\0')
12103 int i, syscall_number;
12105 char cur_name[128];
12108 /* Skip whitespace. */
12109 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12111 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12112 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12113 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12116 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12117 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12118 if (*endptr == '\0')
12119 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
12122 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12124 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
12126 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12127 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12128 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12129 syscall number to be caught. */
12130 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12133 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12134 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12137 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12141 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12144 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12145 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12150 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12152 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12153 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12154 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12155 this architecture yet."));
12157 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12159 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12161 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12162 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12163 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12164 for his/her architecture. */
12165 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
12167 /* The allowed syntax is:
12169 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12171 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12174 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12178 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12179 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12183 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12185 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12190 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12192 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12195 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12198 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12200 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12201 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12202 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12203 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12205 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12207 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12210 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12214 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12217 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12220 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12222 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12223 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12226 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12227 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12229 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12233 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12234 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12235 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12236 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12241 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12242 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12243 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12244 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12246 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12247 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12248 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12249 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12250 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12251 error (_("No source file specified."));
12253 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12259 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12260 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12261 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12262 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12264 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12265 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12266 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12267 due to optimization, all in one block.
12269 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12270 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12271 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12272 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12273 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12274 to support that. */
12276 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12277 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12278 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12282 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12283 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12285 const char *sal_fullname;
12287 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12288 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12289 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12292 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12297 1 0 <can't happen> */
12299 sal = sals.sals[i];
12300 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12301 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12303 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12307 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12308 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12310 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12311 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12313 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12314 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12315 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12317 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12318 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12319 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12320 || loc->section == sal.section));
12321 int line_match = 0;
12323 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12324 && loc->symtab != NULL
12325 && sal_fullname != NULL
12326 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12327 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12328 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12329 sal_fullname) == 0)
12332 if (pc_match || line_match)
12341 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12345 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12346 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12349 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12351 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12354 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12355 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12356 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12357 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12358 compare_breakpoints);
12359 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12360 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12364 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12369 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12370 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12373 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12374 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12376 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12379 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12382 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12383 delete_breakpoint (b);
12386 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12388 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12391 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12392 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12393 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12396 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12398 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12400 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12401 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12402 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12404 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12408 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12409 delete_breakpoint (b);
12413 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12414 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12415 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12416 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12417 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12418 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12421 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12423 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12424 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12425 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12426 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12427 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12429 if (a->address != b->address)
12430 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12432 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12433 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12436 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12437 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12438 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12440 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12441 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12442 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12444 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12445 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12446 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12448 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12449 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12450 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12452 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12455 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12456 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12457 content of the bp_location array. */
12460 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12462 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12464 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12465 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12467 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12469 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12471 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12474 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12475 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12477 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12478 addr = bl->address - start;
12479 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12480 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12482 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12484 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12485 addr = end - bl->address;
12486 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12487 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12491 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12494 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12496 struct breakpoint *b;
12497 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12499 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12502 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12504 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12506 struct bp_location *bl;
12507 struct tracepoint *t;
12508 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12510 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12511 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12512 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12515 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12517 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12518 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12519 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12520 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12523 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12525 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12528 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12530 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12531 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12532 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12533 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12536 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12539 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12542 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12544 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12545 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12546 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12547 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12549 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12550 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12551 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12552 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12553 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12555 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12556 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12557 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12558 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12559 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12560 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12561 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12562 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12565 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12566 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12567 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12571 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12573 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12574 struct bp_location *loc;
12575 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12578 address = bl->address;
12579 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12581 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12582 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12583 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12585 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12586 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12589 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12590 the same program space as the location
12591 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12592 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12593 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12597 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12598 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12601 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12602 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12603 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12604 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12605 that have already been marked. */
12606 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12608 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12610 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12612 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12613 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12617 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12618 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12619 locations are duplicate of which.
12621 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12622 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12626 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12628 struct breakpoint *b;
12629 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12630 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12631 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12632 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12633 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12634 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12636 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12637 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12638 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12639 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12640 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12642 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12643 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12644 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12645 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12647 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12648 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12649 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12650 unsigned old_location_count;
12652 old_location = bp_location;
12653 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12654 bp_location = NULL;
12655 bp_location_count = 0;
12656 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12659 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12660 bp_location_count++;
12662 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12663 locp = bp_location;
12664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12665 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12667 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12668 bp_location_compare);
12670 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12672 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12673 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12674 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12675 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12676 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12679 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12680 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12682 locp = bp_location;
12683 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12686 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12687 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12689 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12690 not, we have to free it. */
12691 int found_object = 0;
12692 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12693 int keep_in_target = 0;
12696 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12697 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12698 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12699 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12703 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12704 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12707 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12708 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12709 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12711 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12712 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12713 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12715 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12716 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12719 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12723 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12724 have to go through updates again. */
12725 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12727 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12729 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12731 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12732 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12733 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12734 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12735 at certain location is not inserted. */
12737 if (old_loc->inserted)
12739 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12742 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12744 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12745 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12746 keep_in_target = 1;
12750 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12751 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12752 remove its target-side condition. */
12754 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12755 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12756 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12757 this one from the target. */
12759 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12760 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12763 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12764 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12767 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12769 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12771 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12772 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12773 supported, but the latter are. */
12774 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12776 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12777 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12780 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12781 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12783 if (loc2 != old_loc
12784 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12786 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12787 keep_in_target = 1;
12795 if (!keep_in_target)
12797 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12799 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12800 this location on the global list, and try to
12801 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12802 reason why we will succeed next time.
12804 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12805 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12806 only after calling us. */
12807 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12808 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12809 old_loc->owner->number);
12817 if (removed && non_stop
12818 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12819 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12821 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12822 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12823 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12824 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12825 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12826 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12827 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12828 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12829 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12830 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12831 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12832 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12833 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12834 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12837 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12838 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12840 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12841 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12842 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12843 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12844 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12845 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12846 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12847 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12848 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12849 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12850 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12851 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12852 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12855 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12856 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12857 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12858 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12860 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12861 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12862 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12863 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12864 traps we can no longer explain. */
12866 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12867 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12869 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12873 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12874 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12879 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12880 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12881 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12882 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12883 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12884 are sorted first for the same address.
12886 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12887 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12889 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12890 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12891 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12892 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12893 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12895 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12897 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12900 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12901 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12902 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12903 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12904 `struct bp_location'. */
12905 || is_tracepoint (b))
12907 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12908 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12912 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12913 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12914 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12915 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12916 "actually inserted"));
12918 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12919 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12920 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12921 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12922 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12923 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12925 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12927 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12928 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12929 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12931 *loc_first_p = loc;
12932 loc->duplicate = 0;
12934 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12936 loc->needs_update = 1;
12937 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12938 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12944 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12945 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12946 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12948 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12949 loc->duplicate = 1;
12951 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12952 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12954 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12955 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12956 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12957 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12958 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12961 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12963 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12964 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12967 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12968 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12969 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12970 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12971 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12973 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12977 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12978 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12984 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12986 struct bp_location *loc;
12989 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12990 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12992 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12993 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12999 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
13001 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13003 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13004 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
13007 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13010 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
13014 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
13015 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
13017 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13018 bs->old_val = NULL;
13019 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13023 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13025 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13027 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13029 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13033 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13037 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13039 struct value_print_options opts;
13041 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13043 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13045 if (b->loc == NULL)
13047 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13051 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13053 printf_filtered (" at ");
13054 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13057 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13059 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13061 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13062 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13063 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13064 b->loc->line_number);
13066 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13067 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13068 real situation somewhat. */
13069 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13074 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13076 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13078 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13083 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13086 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13088 xfree (self->cond);
13089 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13090 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13091 xfree (self->function_name);
13093 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13094 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13097 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13102 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13106 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13108 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13109 xfree (self->cond_string);
13110 xfree (self->extra_string);
13111 xfree (self->addr_string);
13112 xfree (self->filter);
13113 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13116 static struct bp_location *
13117 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13119 struct bp_location *loc;
13121 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13122 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13127 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13129 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13132 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13133 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13136 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13138 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13142 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13144 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13148 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13149 struct address_space *aspace,
13151 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13153 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13157 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13162 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13166 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13168 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13171 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13175 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13177 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13180 static enum print_stop_action
13181 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13183 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13187 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13188 struct ui_out *uiout)
13194 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13196 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13200 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13202 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13206 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13207 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13208 enum bptype type_wanted,
13212 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13216 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13217 struct linespec_result *c,
13219 char *extra_string,
13220 enum bptype type_wanted,
13221 enum bpdisp disposition,
13223 int task, int ignore_count,
13224 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13225 int from_tty, int enabled,
13226 int internal, unsigned flags)
13228 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13232 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13233 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13235 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13238 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13241 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13246 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13249 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13251 /* Nothing to do. */
13254 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13256 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13257 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13258 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13259 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13260 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13261 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13262 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13263 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13264 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13265 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13267 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13268 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13269 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13270 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13271 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13272 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13273 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13274 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13277 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13280 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13282 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13283 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13285 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13286 delete_breakpoint (b);
13290 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13293 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13294 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13298 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13299 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13301 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13302 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13303 dest->placed_address = src->placed_address;
13304 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13308 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13310 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13311 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13315 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13319 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13320 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13321 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13322 bp_tgt->reqstd_address);
13325 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13327 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13331 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13336 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13338 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13339 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13342 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13343 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13344 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->reqstd_address;
13346 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13347 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13348 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13349 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13352 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13357 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13358 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13359 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13361 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13362 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13365 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13369 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13370 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13371 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13378 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13379 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13380 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13382 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13383 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13385 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13386 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13387 be set at the same address. */
13391 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13395 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13397 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13402 static enum print_stop_action
13403 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13405 struct breakpoint *b;
13406 const struct bp_location *bl;
13408 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13410 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13412 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13413 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13415 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13416 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13417 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13420 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13427 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13431 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13432 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13438 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13440 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13445 case bp_breakpoint:
13446 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13447 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13448 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13450 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13451 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13452 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13453 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13455 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13456 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13459 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13467 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13469 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13471 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13473 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13474 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13476 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13479 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13480 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13483 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13487 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13488 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13489 enum bptype type_wanted,
13490 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13492 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13493 addr_start, copy_arg);
13497 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13498 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13500 char *extra_string,
13501 enum bptype type_wanted,
13502 enum bpdisp disposition,
13504 int task, int ignore_count,
13505 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13506 int from_tty, int enabled,
13507 int internal, unsigned flags)
13509 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13510 cond_string, extra_string,
13512 disposition, thread, task,
13513 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13514 enabled, internal, flags);
13518 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13519 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13521 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13524 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13527 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13531 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13532 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13533 case bp_overlay_event:
13534 case bp_longjmp_master:
13535 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13536 case bp_exception_master:
13537 delete_breakpoint (b);
13540 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13541 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13542 case bp_shlib_event:
13544 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13545 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13546 case bp_thread_event:
13552 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13554 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13556 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13557 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13558 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13559 objects (among other things). */
13560 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13561 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13567 static enum print_stop_action
13568 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13570 struct breakpoint *b;
13572 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13576 case bp_shlib_event:
13577 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13578 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13579 to shlib event" message.) */
13580 print_solib_event (0);
13583 case bp_thread_event:
13584 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13585 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13586 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13589 case bp_overlay_event:
13590 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13591 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13594 case bp_longjmp_master:
13595 /* These should never be enabled. */
13596 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13599 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13600 /* These should never be enabled. */
13601 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13602 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13605 case bp_exception_master:
13606 /* These should never be enabled. */
13607 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13608 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13612 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13616 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13618 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13621 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13624 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13626 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13627 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13628 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13629 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13633 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13635 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13638 static enum print_stop_action
13639 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13641 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13643 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13645 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13650 ui_out_field_string
13652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13656 ui_out_field_string
13658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13663 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13667 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13669 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13672 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13674 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13675 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13678 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13680 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13683 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13685 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13688 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13691 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13693 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13697 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13699 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13708 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13710 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13711 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13715 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13719 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13720 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13721 enum bptype type_wanted,
13722 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13724 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13726 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13728 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13729 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13731 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13735 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13736 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13738 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13740 error (_("probe not found"));
13743 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13746 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13748 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13752 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13753 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13754 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13756 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13762 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13763 struct ui_out *uiout)
13765 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13766 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13768 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13770 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13771 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13772 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13773 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13778 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13785 case bp_tracepoint:
13786 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13787 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13789 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13790 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13791 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13793 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13794 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13795 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13798 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13799 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13806 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13808 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13810 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13812 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13814 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13817 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13818 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13821 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13823 if (tp->pass_count)
13824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13828 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13829 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13830 enum bptype type_wanted,
13831 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13833 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13834 addr_start, copy_arg);
13838 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13839 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13841 char *extra_string,
13842 enum bptype type_wanted,
13843 enum bpdisp disposition,
13845 int task, int ignore_count,
13846 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13847 int from_tty, int enabled,
13848 int internal, unsigned flags)
13850 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13851 cond_string, extra_string,
13853 disposition, thread, task,
13854 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13855 enabled, internal, flags);
13859 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13860 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13862 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13865 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13867 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13871 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13872 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13873 enum bptype type_wanted,
13874 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13876 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13877 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13878 addr_start, copy_arg);
13882 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13883 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13885 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13886 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13889 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13891 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13894 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13896 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13898 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13899 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13900 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13901 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13903 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13904 error (_("Format string required"));
13906 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13907 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13908 3 - disconnect from target 1
13909 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13911 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13912 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13913 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13914 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13915 it all the time. */
13916 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13917 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13920 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13923 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13927 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13930 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13933 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13934 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13935 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13936 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13937 address are all handled. */
13940 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13942 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13943 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13944 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13946 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13947 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13948 condition not be evaluated. */
13951 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13952 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13953 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13954 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13955 commands here throws. */
13956 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13957 bs->commands = NULL;
13958 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13960 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13962 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13963 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13965 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13968 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13972 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13973 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13974 enum bptype type_wanted,
13975 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13977 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13979 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13981 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13983 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13984 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13985 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13989 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13990 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13992 char *extra_string,
13993 enum bptype type_wanted,
13994 enum bpdisp disposition,
13996 int task, int ignore_count,
13997 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13998 int from_tty, int enabled,
13999 int internal, unsigned flags)
14002 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
14003 canonical->sals, 0);
14005 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14006 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14007 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14008 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14009 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14010 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14012 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
14014 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
14015 struct tracepoint *tp;
14016 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14019 expanded.nelts = 1;
14020 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
14022 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
14023 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
14025 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
14026 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
14028 cond_string, extra_string,
14029 type_wanted, disposition,
14030 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
14031 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
14032 canonical->special_display);
14033 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14034 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14035 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14036 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14037 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14038 corresponds to this one */
14039 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
14041 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
14043 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
14048 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14049 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14051 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14053 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
14054 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
14056 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
14060 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14063 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14066 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14068 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14071 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14075 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14077 struct breakpoint *b;
14079 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14081 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14082 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14085 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14086 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14087 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14088 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14089 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14092 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14093 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14094 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14095 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14097 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14100 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14101 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14102 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14104 struct breakpoint *related;
14105 struct watchpoint *w;
14107 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14108 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14109 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14110 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14114 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14116 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14117 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14118 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14119 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14120 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14123 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14124 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14125 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14126 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14128 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14130 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14131 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14133 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14134 if (b->next == bpt)
14136 b->next = bpt->next;
14140 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14142 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14143 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14144 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14145 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14146 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14147 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14148 commands won't work. */
14150 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14152 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14153 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14154 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14155 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14156 might be better design to have location completely
14157 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14158 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14160 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14161 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14162 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14163 bpt->type = bp_none;
14168 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14170 delete_breakpoint (b);
14174 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14176 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14179 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14180 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14183 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14184 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14188 struct breakpoint *related;
14193 struct breakpoint *next;
14195 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14196 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14198 if (next == related)
14200 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14201 function (related, data);
14203 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14204 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14209 function (related, data);
14213 while (related != b);
14217 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14219 delete_breakpoint (b);
14222 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14223 delete_breakpoint. */
14226 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14228 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14232 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14234 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14240 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14242 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14243 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14244 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14246 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14248 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14252 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14254 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14257 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14258 delete_breakpoint (b);
14262 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14266 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14268 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14269 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14270 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14275 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14276 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14277 Null names are ignored. */
14280 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14282 struct bp_location *l;
14283 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14284 (int (*) (const void *,
14285 const void *)) streq,
14286 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14288 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14291 const char *name = l->function_name;
14293 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14297 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14299 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14303 htab_delete (htab);
14309 htab_delete (htab);
14313 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14314 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14315 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14316 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14317 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14318 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14319 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14320 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14323 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14324 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14325 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14326 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14327 in the sources, and output a warning.
14329 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14330 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14331 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14332 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14333 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14336 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14337 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14338 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14339 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14340 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14341 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14342 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14343 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14344 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14346 static struct symtab_and_line
14347 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14349 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14350 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14355 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14357 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14359 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14360 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14362 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14364 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14365 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14366 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14371 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14373 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14375 && sal.symtab != NULL
14376 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14378 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14381 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14383 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14385 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14386 struct symbol *sym;
14387 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14388 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14390 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14392 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14393 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14395 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14396 "found at previous line number"),
14397 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14401 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14403 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14404 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14405 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14408 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14409 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14410 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14412 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14413 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14414 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14418 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14420 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14423 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14426 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14427 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14429 xfree (b->addr_string);
14430 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14431 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14432 b->loc->line_number);
14434 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14437 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14443 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14444 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14447 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14451 if (a->address != b->address)
14454 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14457 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14464 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14470 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14471 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14472 a ranged breakpoint. */
14475 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14476 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14477 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14480 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14482 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14484 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14487 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14488 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14489 "multiple locations found\n"),
14494 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14495 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14496 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14497 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14498 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14499 individual locations. */
14500 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14505 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14507 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14509 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14511 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14513 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14515 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14518 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14520 s = b->cond_string;
14521 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14523 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14524 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14529 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14530 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14531 b->number, e.message);
14532 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14536 if (sals_end.nelts)
14538 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14540 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14544 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14545 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14546 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14548 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14551 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14552 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14553 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14554 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14555 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14556 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14557 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14559 for (; e; e = e->next)
14561 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14563 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14564 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14566 for (; l; l = l->next)
14567 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14575 for (; l; l = l->next)
14576 if (l->function_name
14577 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14587 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14590 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14593 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14594 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14596 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14597 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14600 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14601 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14603 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14606 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14608 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14612 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14613 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14614 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14615 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14616 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14617 state, then user already saw the message about that
14618 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14620 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14621 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14622 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14623 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14624 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14625 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14627 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14629 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14630 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14631 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14632 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14633 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14634 which approach is better. */
14635 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14636 throw_exception (e);
14640 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14644 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14645 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14646 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14648 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14651 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14652 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14655 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14656 b->thread = thread;
14659 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14660 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14663 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14664 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14674 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14675 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14679 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14682 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14683 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14684 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14686 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14689 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14693 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14695 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14698 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14699 expanded_end = sals_end;
14703 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14706 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14707 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14710 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14711 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14712 enum bptype type_wanted,
14713 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14715 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14718 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14719 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14723 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14724 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14726 char *extra_string,
14727 enum bptype type_wanted,
14728 enum bpdisp disposition,
14730 int task, int ignore_count,
14731 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14732 int from_tty, int enabled,
14733 int internal, unsigned flags)
14735 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14737 type_wanted, disposition,
14738 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14739 enabled, internal, flags);
14742 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14743 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14746 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14747 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14749 struct linespec_result canonical;
14751 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14752 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14753 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14754 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14757 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14758 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14760 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14762 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14764 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14765 *sals = lsal->sals;
14766 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14768 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14771 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14774 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14776 static struct cleanup *
14777 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14779 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14781 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14782 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14783 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14784 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14785 set_language (b->language);
14790 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14791 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14792 Unused in this case. */
14795 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14797 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14798 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14799 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14801 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14802 b->ops->re_set (b);
14803 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14807 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14809 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14811 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14812 enum language save_language;
14813 int save_input_radix;
14814 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14816 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14817 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14818 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14820 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14822 /* Format possible error msg. */
14823 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14825 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14826 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14827 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14829 set_language (save_language);
14830 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14832 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14834 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14836 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14837 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14838 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14839 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14842 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14844 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14845 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14847 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14849 if (b->thread != -1)
14851 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14852 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14854 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14855 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14856 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14858 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14862 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14863 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14864 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14867 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14869 struct breakpoint *b;
14874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14875 if (b->number == bptnum)
14877 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14879 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14880 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14885 b->ignore_count = count;
14889 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14890 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14892 else if (count == 1)
14893 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14896 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14897 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14900 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14904 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14907 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14910 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14916 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14918 num = get_number (&p);
14920 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14922 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14924 set_ignore_count (num,
14925 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14928 printf_filtered ("\n");
14931 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14932 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14935 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14940 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14942 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14945 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14947 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14949 while (!state.finished)
14951 const char *p = state.string;
14955 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14958 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14963 if (b->number == num)
14966 function (b, data);
14970 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14975 static struct bp_location *
14976 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14978 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14982 struct breakpoint *b;
14983 struct bp_location *loc;
14988 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14990 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14993 if (b->number == bp_num)
14998 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14999 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
15002 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
15004 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
15008 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
15011 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
15017 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15018 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15019 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15022 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15024 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15025 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15026 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15027 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
15030 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15031 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
15034 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
15036 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15037 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15039 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15040 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15042 struct bp_location *location;
15044 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15045 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
15048 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15050 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15053 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15056 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15058 disable_breakpoint (b);
15061 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15062 disable_breakpoint. */
15065 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15067 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15071 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15075 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15078 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15079 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15083 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15087 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15089 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15096 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15098 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15099 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15100 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15101 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15106 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15107 num = extract_arg (&args);
15113 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15116 int target_resources_ok;
15118 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15121 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15122 target_resources_ok =
15123 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15125 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15126 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15127 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15128 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15131 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15133 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15134 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15135 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15137 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15139 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15141 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15142 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15143 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15147 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15148 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15154 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
15155 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15157 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15159 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15160 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15162 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15163 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15165 struct bp_location *location;
15167 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15168 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15171 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15172 bpt->enable_count = count;
15173 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15180 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15182 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15186 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15188 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15191 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15192 enable_breakpoint. */
15195 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15197 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15200 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15201 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15202 in stopping the inferior. */
15205 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15209 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15212 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15213 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15217 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15221 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15223 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15230 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15232 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15233 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15234 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15235 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15237 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15240 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15241 num = extract_arg (&args);
15246 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15256 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15258 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15260 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15264 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15266 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15268 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15272 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15274 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15278 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15280 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15282 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15286 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15288 int count = get_number (&args);
15290 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15294 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15296 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15298 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15302 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15304 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15308 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15313 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15317 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15318 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15322 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15323 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15324 const bfd_byte *data)
15326 struct breakpoint *bp;
15328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15329 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15330 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15332 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15334 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15336 struct bp_location *loc;
15338 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15339 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15340 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15341 && addr + len > loc->address)
15343 value_free (wp->val);
15351 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15352 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15353 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15354 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15358 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15359 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15361 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15362 struct bp_location *bl;
15364 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15366 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15367 bp_tgt->reqstd_address = pc;
15369 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15370 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15371 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15372 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15373 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15374 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15375 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15377 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15379 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15380 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15382 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15386 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15388 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15396 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15397 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15400 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15402 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15403 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15404 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->reqstd_address;
15405 struct bp_location *bl;
15408 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15410 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15411 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15412 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15414 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15415 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15416 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15418 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15419 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15420 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15421 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15422 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15432 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15435 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15436 struct address_space *aspace,
15441 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15443 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15444 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15448 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15449 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15450 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15453 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15454 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15455 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15456 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15457 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15458 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15460 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15461 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15462 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15463 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15466 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15467 were inserted or not. */
15470 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15472 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15473 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15476 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15479 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15481 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15483 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15485 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15486 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15487 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15488 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15490 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15492 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15493 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15494 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15495 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15499 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15500 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15501 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15505 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15509 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15510 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15512 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15513 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15514 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15518 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15522 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15526 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15527 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15528 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15529 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15532 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15533 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15536 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15541 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15543 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15545 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15546 bp_tgt->reqstd_address,
15554 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15558 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15561 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15564 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15565 non-zero otherwise. */
15567 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15569 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15570 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15571 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15578 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15580 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15581 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15583 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15587 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15589 struct breakpoint *bp;
15591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15592 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15594 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15596 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15600 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15602 if (syscall_number == iter)
15612 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15613 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15614 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15615 const char *text, const char *word)
15617 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15618 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15619 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15625 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15627 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15629 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15631 tracepoint_count = num;
15632 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15636 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15638 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15639 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15641 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15642 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15644 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15646 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15648 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15650 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15651 0 /* Ignore count */,
15652 pending_break_support,
15656 0 /* internal */, 0);
15660 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15662 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15664 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15666 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15667 0 /* Ignore count */,
15668 pending_break_support,
15669 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15672 0 /* internal */, 0);
15675 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15678 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15680 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15682 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15683 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15684 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15685 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15687 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15689 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15691 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15693 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15694 0 /* Ignore count */,
15695 pending_break_support,
15699 0 /* internal */, 0);
15702 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15703 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15705 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15706 static int next_cmd;
15709 read_uploaded_action (void)
15713 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15720 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15721 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15722 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15723 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15724 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15726 struct tracepoint *
15727 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15729 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15730 struct tracepoint *tp;
15732 if (utp->at_string)
15733 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15736 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15737 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15738 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15740 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15741 "source location, using raw address"),
15743 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15744 addr_str = small_buf;
15747 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15748 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15749 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15750 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15753 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15755 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15756 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15758 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15759 0 /* Ignore count */,
15760 pending_break_support,
15761 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15763 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15765 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15768 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15769 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15770 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15774 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15777 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15780 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15781 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15782 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15784 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15786 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15791 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15793 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15795 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15796 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15797 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15798 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15801 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15802 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15803 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15808 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15812 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15814 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15817 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15819 if (num_printed == 0)
15821 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15822 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15824 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15827 default_collect_info ();
15830 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15831 Not supported by all targets. */
15833 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15835 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15838 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15839 Not supported by all targets. */
15841 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15843 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15846 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15848 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15850 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15856 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15858 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15859 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15860 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15862 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15863 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15865 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15869 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15871 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15873 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15874 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15875 delete_breakpoint (b);
15879 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15882 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15885 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15887 tp->pass_count = count;
15888 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15890 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15891 tp->base.number, count);
15894 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15896 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15897 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15898 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15901 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15903 struct tracepoint *t1;
15904 unsigned int count;
15906 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15907 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15908 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15910 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15912 args = skip_spaces (args);
15913 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15915 struct breakpoint *b;
15917 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15919 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15921 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15923 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15924 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15927 else if (*args == '\0')
15929 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15931 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15935 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15937 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15938 while (!state.finished)
15940 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15942 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15947 struct tracepoint *
15948 get_tracepoint (int num)
15950 struct breakpoint *t;
15952 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15953 if (t->number == num)
15954 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15959 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15960 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15963 struct tracepoint *
15964 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15966 struct breakpoint *b;
15968 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15970 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15972 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15979 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15980 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15981 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15982 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15984 struct tracepoint *
15985 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15986 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15988 struct breakpoint *t;
15990 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15994 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15995 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15997 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15998 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
16000 tpnum = get_number (arg);
16004 if (instring && *instring)
16005 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
16008 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
16012 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
16013 if (t->number == tpnum)
16015 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
16018 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
16023 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
16025 if (b->thread != -1)
16026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
16029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
16031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
16034 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16035 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16036 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16040 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
16041 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
16043 struct breakpoint *tp;
16045 struct cleanup *cleanup;
16046 struct ui_file *fp;
16047 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
16049 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
16050 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16052 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16055 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16056 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16059 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16060 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16065 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
16067 extra_trace_bits = 1;
16069 /* We can stop searching. */
16076 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16080 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
16081 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
16082 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
16084 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16085 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
16086 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
16088 if (extra_trace_bits)
16089 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
16091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16093 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16094 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16097 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16098 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16101 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
16103 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16104 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16107 if (tp->cond_string)
16108 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
16110 if (tp->ignore_count)
16111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
16113 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
16115 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
16117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
16119 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
16120 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
16122 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
16124 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
16127 throw_exception (ex);
16129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
16132 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
16133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
16135 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16136 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16137 special, and not user visible. */
16138 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
16140 struct bp_location *loc;
16143 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
16145 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
16149 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
16150 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
16153 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
16154 do_cleanups (cleanup);
16157 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16160 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16162 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16165 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16168 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16170 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16173 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16175 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16176 all_tracepoints (void)
16178 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16179 struct breakpoint *tp;
16181 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16183 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16190 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16191 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16192 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16194 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16195 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16196 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16197 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16198 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16199 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16200 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16201 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16202 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16203 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16204 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16206 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16207 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16209 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16210 conditions are different.\n\
16212 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16214 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16215 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16217 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16218 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16221 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16222 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16223 completer_ftype *completer,
16224 void *user_data_catch,
16225 void *user_data_tcatch)
16227 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16229 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16231 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16232 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16233 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16235 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16237 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16238 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16239 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16243 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16245 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16246 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16248 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16249 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16250 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16254 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16256 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16257 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16258 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16261 struct breakpoint *
16262 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16265 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16269 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16276 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16277 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16280 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16282 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16283 non-inline function. */
16284 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16290 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16291 have been inlined. */
16294 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16295 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16297 struct breakpoint *b;
16298 struct bp_location *bl;
16300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16302 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16305 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16307 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16308 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16316 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16319 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16321 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16324 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16325 loc->symtab = NULL;
16329 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16331 static int initialized = 0;
16333 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16339 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16340 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16341 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16342 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16343 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16344 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16345 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16346 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16347 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16348 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16349 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16350 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16353 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16354 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16355 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16356 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16357 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16358 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16359 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16361 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16362 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16363 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16364 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16365 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16366 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16367 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16368 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16369 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16370 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16372 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16373 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16374 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16375 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16376 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16377 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16378 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16380 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16381 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16382 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16383 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16384 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16385 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16386 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16388 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16389 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16390 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16391 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16393 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16394 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16395 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16396 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16397 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16398 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16399 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16402 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16403 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16404 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16405 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16406 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16407 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16408 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16409 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16410 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16411 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16412 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16413 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16414 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16415 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16417 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16418 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16419 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16420 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16421 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16422 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16423 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16424 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16425 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16426 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16427 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16430 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16431 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16432 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16433 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16434 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16435 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16436 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16437 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16438 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16439 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16441 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16442 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16443 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16444 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16445 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16447 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16448 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16449 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16450 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16451 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16452 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16454 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16455 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16456 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16457 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16458 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16459 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16460 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16461 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16462 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16463 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16465 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16466 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16467 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16468 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16469 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16470 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16471 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16472 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16473 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16474 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16476 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16477 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16478 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16479 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16480 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16481 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16482 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16483 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16484 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16485 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16486 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16488 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16489 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16490 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16491 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16492 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16493 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16494 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16495 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16496 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16497 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16498 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16500 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16501 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16502 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16503 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16504 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16505 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16506 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16507 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16508 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16509 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16510 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16511 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16513 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16514 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16515 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16516 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16517 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16518 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16519 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16520 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16521 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16524 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16526 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16529 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16531 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16533 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16535 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16536 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16537 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16538 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16540 breakpoint_objfile_key
16541 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16543 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16544 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16545 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16547 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16548 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16549 before a breakpoint is set. */
16550 breakpoint_count = 0;
16552 tracepoint_count = 0;
16554 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16555 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16556 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16558 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16560 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16561 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16562 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16563 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16564 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16565 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16566 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16567 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16569 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16570 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16571 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16572 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16573 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16575 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16576 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16577 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16578 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16579 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16581 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16582 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16584 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16585 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16586 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16587 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16589 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16590 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16592 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16593 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16594 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16595 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16597 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16598 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16600 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16601 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16602 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16603 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16604 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16605 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16606 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16608 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16609 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16610 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16611 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16612 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16613 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16615 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16617 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16618 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16619 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16620 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16621 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16622 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16624 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16625 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16626 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16629 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16630 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16631 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16634 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16635 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16636 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16637 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16640 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16641 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16642 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16645 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16646 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16647 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16650 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16651 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16652 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16653 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16656 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16657 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16658 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16659 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16660 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16661 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16662 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16663 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16665 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16666 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16667 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16668 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16669 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16671 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16672 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16673 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16674 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16675 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16676 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16679 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16680 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16681 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16682 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16684 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16685 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16686 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16687 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16688 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16690 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16691 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16692 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16693 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16695 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16696 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16697 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16698 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16699 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16702 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16703 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16704 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16705 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16706 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16707 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16709 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16710 is executing in.\n\
16712 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16713 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16715 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16716 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16717 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16718 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16720 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16721 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16722 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16723 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16726 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16730 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16731 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16732 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16733 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16734 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16735 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16736 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16737 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16738 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16739 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16740 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16741 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16742 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16743 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16744 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16745 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16747 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16748 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16749 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16750 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16751 breakpoint set."));
16754 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16755 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16756 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16757 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16758 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16759 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16760 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16761 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16762 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16764 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16765 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16766 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16767 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16768 breakpoint set."));
16770 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16773 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16774 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16775 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16776 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16777 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16778 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16779 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16780 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16781 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16783 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16784 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16785 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16786 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16787 breakpoint set."));
16789 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16790 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16791 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16792 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16793 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16794 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16795 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16796 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16797 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16798 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16799 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16800 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16801 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16803 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16804 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16805 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16806 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16808 &maintenanceinfolist);
16810 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16811 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16812 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16813 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16815 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16816 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16817 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16818 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16820 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16821 catch_fork_command_1,
16823 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16824 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16825 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16826 catch_fork_command_1,
16828 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16829 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16830 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16831 catch_exec_command_1,
16835 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16836 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16837 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16838 catch_load_command_1,
16842 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16843 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16844 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16845 catch_unload_command_1,
16849 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16850 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16851 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16852 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16853 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16854 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16855 catch_syscall_command_1,
16856 catch_syscall_completer,
16860 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16861 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16862 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16863 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16864 an expression changes.\n\
16865 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16866 the memory to which it refers."));
16867 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16869 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16870 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16871 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16872 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16873 an expression is read.\n\
16874 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16875 the memory to which it refers."));
16876 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16878 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16879 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16880 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16881 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16882 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16883 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16884 the memory to which it refers."));
16885 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16887 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16888 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16890 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16891 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16892 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16893 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16894 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16895 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16896 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16897 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16898 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16901 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16902 &setlist, &showlist);
16904 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16906 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16908 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16909 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16911 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16912 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16913 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16915 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16916 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16917 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16918 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16920 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16921 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16923 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16924 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16925 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16927 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16928 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16930 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16931 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16932 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16933 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16934 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16935 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16936 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16937 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16938 the selected stack frame.\n\
16939 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16940 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16941 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16942 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16944 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16946 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16947 conditions are different.\n\
16949 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16950 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16951 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16953 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16954 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16955 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16956 last tracepoint set."));
16958 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16960 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16961 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16962 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16963 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16965 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16967 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16968 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16969 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16970 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16972 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16974 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16975 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16976 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16977 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16979 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16981 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16982 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16983 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16984 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16985 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16987 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16988 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16989 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16990 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16992 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16993 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16994 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16995 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16996 session to restore them."),
16998 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17000 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
17001 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
17002 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
17004 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17006 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
17007 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
17009 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17010 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17011 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17012 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17013 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
17014 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
17015 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17016 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17017 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17018 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17019 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
17020 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
17022 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
17023 &pending_break_support, _("\
17024 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17025 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17026 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
17027 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
17028 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
17029 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
17031 show_pending_break_support,
17032 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17033 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17035 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
17037 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
17038 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
17039 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17040 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17041 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17042 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17043 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17045 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
17046 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17047 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17049 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
17050 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
17051 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17052 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17053 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17054 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17055 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17056 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17057 when execution stops."),
17059 &show_always_inserted_mode,
17060 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17061 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17063 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
17064 condition_evaluation_enums,
17065 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
17066 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17067 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17068 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17069 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17070 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17071 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17072 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17073 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17074 be set to \"gdb\""),
17075 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
17076 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
17077 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17078 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17080 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
17081 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17082 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17083 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17084 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17085 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17086 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17087 or the start of the range\n\
17088 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17089 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17090 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17092 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17093 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17094 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17096 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
17097 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17098 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17099 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17100 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17101 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17102 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
17104 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
17105 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
17106 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17107 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17108 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17109 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17110 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17111 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17112 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17113 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17114 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17115 &setlist, &showlist);
17117 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
17118 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
17119 &dprintf_function, _("\
17120 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17121 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17122 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17123 &setlist, &showlist);
17125 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
17126 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
17127 &dprintf_channel, _("\
17128 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17129 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17130 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17131 &setlist, &showlist);
17133 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
17134 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
17135 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17136 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17137 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17138 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17141 &setlist, &showlist);
17143 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
17144 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17145 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17147 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
17149 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
17150 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);